Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 258

P

Contents Page

1.College Vision, Mission and Values 3

2.Professional Competencies for the Pharm 4


D program

3. List of Goals & Objectives for the Pharm 5


D Program

4. Learning outcomes of the Pharm D 7


program

5 Program regulations 10

6. List of Courses 15

7. Advanced Pharmacy Practice 19


Experiences (APPEs)

8. Categorization of courses per domains 20

9. Description of Courses taught in the 23


Pharm D program

10. Distribution of learning outcomes in 234


each course

11. List of courses, course coordinators and 240


teaching faculty

12. Mapping of the courses in the 245


curriculum to the expected competencies for
graduates of the program

1
13.Relationship between program courses, 250
goals, objectives and assessment tools of
Pharm D program

14.Program Learning Outcome Mapping


254
Matrix

2
College Vision, Mission and Values

Vision

To be a nationally distinguished college in pharmacy education and research that supports


local sustainable development.

Mission

To provide an advanced and accredited pharmacy education that produces professionally


qualified clinical pharmacists capable of conducting cutting-edge healthcare and applied
research using the latest and effective approaches through collaboration with local, national,
and international healthcare, pharmaceutical, and research institutions.

Values

Professionalism: Professionalism in clinical pharmacy,


Creativity: Creative initiatives that can be applied to teaching clinical pharmacy,
Quality: Implementation of the highest quality criteria in teaching, application, and output,
Distinction: Provision of a distinguished, developed, and accredited education so that upon
graduation, clinical pharmacists have become highly qualified in research and at the
profession level,
Transparency: Transparency in all that is related to health care and pharmacy,
Cooperation: Fruitful cooperation of the health team at Qassim University, national and
international universities, and all the concerned institutions,
Honesty: Performance of work with complete sincerity and honesty, and adherence to work
ethics and morals, and
Loyalty and Belonging: Strengthening of the culture of loyalty and belonging to our
University and nation.

3
Professional Competencies for the Pharm D program:

1. Patient Care:
Graduates will be able to provide patient care in cooperation with patients, prescribers, and
other members of an inter-professional health care team based upon sound therapeutic
principles and evidence-based data, taking into account relevant legal, ethical, social, cultural,
economic, and professional issues, emerging technologies, and evolving biomedical,
pharmaceutical, social/behavioral/administrative, and clinical sciences that may impact
therapeutic outcomes.

2. System Management:
Graduates will be able to manage and use resources of the health care system, in cooperation
with patients, prescribers, other health care providers, and administrative and supportive
personnel, to promote health; to provide, assess, and coordinate safe, accurate, and time-
sensitive medication distribution; and to improve therapeutic outcomes of medication use.

3. Public health:
Graduates will be able to promote health improvement, wellness, and disease prevention in
cooperation with patients, communities, at-risk populations, and other members of an inter-
professional team of health care providers.

4
List of Goals & Objectives for the PharmD Program

Goal 1:To provide the basic principles and fundamentals of the profession of clinical
pharmacy.
Objectives
To provide an understanding of the basic sciences used in clinical pharmacy
To enable students to apply the principles of clinical pharmacy in pharmacy practice
To develop students' ability to achieve and continuously update information in the field of
clinical pharmacy

Goal 2:To develop essential skills such as teamwork, leadership, creative thinking, work
ethics, and to provide instruction in how to responsibly and confidently make the
correct decisions in the profession of clinical pharmacy.
Objectives
To develop skills of teamwork, leadership, creativity, and responsibility among students
To provide standard guidelines on pharmacy law and ethics to students

Goal 3:To build intellectual and professional confidence in students to enable them to
meet the current and future challenges in the field of pharmacy.
Objectives
To provide adequate intellectual and professional abilities to meet the challenges of today and
of the future in the field
To provide appropriate problem solving skills for making the right decision at the right time.

Goal 4:To provide skills in information technology and written and spoken professional
communication as well as numerical skills for the field of pharmacy.
Objectives
To provide sufficient knowledge concerning all types and tools of communication in
healthcare
To provide training in the use of various programs related to clinical pharmacy in the
treatment of patients

Goal 5:To train in new technologies to develop the knowledge and skills necessary for a
clinical pharmacist.
Objectives
To place proper emphasis on program courses that develop student skills in diagnosis and
treatment
To prepare students to enable them to use current technology to meet future challenges in
clinical pharmacy

5
Goal 6: To train students to conduct distinguished scientific research in clinical
pharmacy.

Objectives
To provide students with knowledge and skills necessary to conduct basic and applied
pharmacy research that serves the profession of pharmacy and pharmacy practice

Goal 7: To conduct community awareness programs on healthy lifestyle, use and misuse
of medications.
Objectives
To provide students with knowledge and skills necessary to understand and meet the
challenges of community service programs

6
Learning outcomes of the Pharm D program

Knowledge
Summary description of the knowledge to be acquired
The student must demonstrate knowledge of the following theoretical foundations of the
profession and apply these to individual practice settings.

Describe the role of the pharmacist in the healthcare team, the means of promoting health,
dispensing medicines; medicines management and pharmacy care.
Describe the retrieval, analysis, and interpretation of the professional, lay, and scientific
literature to provide drug information and counseling to patients, their families or care givers,
and other involved health care providers.
Recognize the main sources of drugs, ways in which drugs are purified, characterized, and
analyzed; their physico-chemical properties; properties drugs display as biologically active
molecules in living systems; mechanism of action, dosage, side effects, and contraindications
of drugs, as well as drug interactions.
Describe how medicines are developed, manufactured, brought to the market place and
supplied in accordance with legal, ethical, social, economic, and professional guidelines.

Assessment methods
Midterm examinations
Final examinations
Assignments
Presentations
TBL
Practical examinations

Teaching strategies
Combination of lectures, seminars, team based learning, and assignments
Computer based learning
Laboratory classes, prescription interpretation exercises

Cognitive skills
1. Cognitive skills to be developed and level of performance expected
Design, implement, monitor, evaluate and adjust pharmacy care plans that are patient specific;
address health literacy, cultural diversity, and behavioral psychological issues; and are
evidence based.
Evaluate the quality of basic science and clinical research evidence to appropriately apply
study results to practice decision.
Apply research approaches and methods to managing scientific and practice related issues

7
Assessment methods
Laboratory reports.
Problem solving exercises, oral examination, OSCPE
Theoretical examinations
Interpretative exercises
Seminars
Teaching methods
Laboratory work, exercises.
Lectures, workshops and problem solving exercises, simulation, presentation.
Patient profiles and research project.

Interpersonal skills and responsibility


Description of level of interpersonal skills and capacity to carry responsibility to be developed
Identifying and analyzing emerging issues, products, and services that may impact patient-
specific therapeutic outcomes, as well as impact management of human, physical, medical,
informational, and technological resources in the provision of patient care and public health
issues.
Act in accordance with legal, ethical, social, economic, risk management, and professional
guidelines.

Assessment methods
Testing of all interpersonal skills is through a combination of project report and written
examinations throughout the courses
Preceptor evaluation.

Teaching methods
Acquisition of these skills are principally through assignments, laboratory classes.
Lectures and workshops
Project reports.

Communication, Information technology and numerical skills


Description of communication, IT and numerical skills to be developed
Communicate effectively in oral and written form, and collaborate with patients, prescribers,
other health care providers, and administrative and supportive personnel to engender a team
approach to assure efficient, cost-effective utilization of human, physical, medical,
informational, and technological resources in the provision of patient care and public health
issues.
Perform numerical calculations and analyses relevant to Pharmacy.
Communicate results of investigations and inquiries in appropriate forms for different
audiences using IT and other communications technologies.

Assessment methods
Posters and seminars

8
Theoretical exam and problem solving
Preceptor evaluation
Self-assessment.
Teaching methods
Numeracy is initiated in lectures, workshops, and class exercises and is developed and
reinforced throughout the course in laboratory classes, workshops.
Poster presentations and seminars

Psychomotor skills
Description of psychomotor skills to be developed
Perform effectively laboratory, technical and clinical tasks relevant to Pharmacy

Assessment methods
Continuous Lab Evaluation
Practical exam
Objective Structure Clinical Examination (OSCE)

Teaching methods
Practical

9
Program regulations

Admission requirements
The applicant must successfully pass the preparatory year with cGPA >3.75/5

Registration into the College of Pharmacy


 It is the responsibility of the student to carefully follow these regulations:
 All students entering the college (level-1) should register online for all courses before
the registration deadline for the semester
 Students successfully passing one level are able to add courses for the following level,
and so on until they finish all levels. For example, students passing level-1, are able to
add courses for level-2 and so on for level-3 onwards.
 If a student fails one course, he/she is able to add it with courses from the following
level provided it not overlap or interfere with the final exam schedule or
requirement(s).
 Students are able to add failed courses to the following levels for a maximum of 18
credit hours, provided they not overlap or interfere with the final exam schedule or
requirement(s).
 Students are allowed to register for a minimum of 12 credit hour courses.
 Students are allowed to drop courses within the first two weeks of the start of
instruction.
 Students are allowed to register for general preparatory courses (like Arabic Language
Skills, Islamic Culture, Expository Writing, Islamic Economic System) until
equivalent of not more than 18 credit hours in other colleges provided this should not
overlap with college class schedule

Classrooms
 Students must arrive in the classroom before the start of the class.
 Attendance should be taken once, for the whole class session, and not for every hour.
 A student will be counted as present if he/she is in class within 10 minutes of the start
of class.
 Students coming more than 10 minutes late but within 15 minutes of the start of class
may be allowed to attend the class without being marked present.
 Students coming more than 15 minutes after the class starting time will not be allowed
to attend the class that day.
 Break time will be strictly followed and students will not be allowed to take more
than the stipulated 10 minute break.
 The instructor may combine two break times of 10 minutes each for a class of 3
hours, to allow students to have one 20 minutes break.
 Students not returning to class on time or not returning at all after the break time will
be marked absent for the whole class.

10
Examination Rules & Regulations
 Students are required to produce a college ID during the examination. If the college
ID is not available, any other government issued photo ID will be accepted. If no ID is
present, then Student Affairs Unit must be contacted to obtain approval to write the
examination.
 Cell phones are not allowed inside the examination hall. All cell phones must be
submitted at the front desk before the start of the examination.
 No study materials are allowed inside the examination hall.
 Students should bring their own calculators.
 Students are not allowed to enter the examination room more than 30 minutes after
the beginning of the exam and are not allowed to leave the examination room until 30
minutes after the start of the examination during mid-terms.
 Students are not allowed to enter the examination room more than 1 hour after the
beginning of the exam and not allowed to leave the examination room until 1 hour
after the start of the examination during finals.
 Students who are found cheating will be barred from three future examinations.

General Regulations
First: Early Registration
 Early registration is possible according to the Deanship of Admission and
Registration and in coordination with the College of Pharmacy.

Second: Official Registration


 Students can add or drop from desired courses as follows:
 Students can register for courses one week before the start of the semester and until
the end of the first week in the semester.
 Students can drop courses until the end of the 2nd week from the beginning of the
semester.
 Course loads should not exceed the minimum and maximum limits as shown below.
 Students are highly advised to consult academic advisors and the student affairs office
before registering in courses. Failure to do so will make the student responsible for
any registration errors or conflicts.
 Students must register for courses themselves, and no one is allowed to register on
their behalf.
 If students do not register during the active registration period, their registration
record will be considered inactive.

Third: Confirmation of Registration

 Students registering online should confirm their registration schedule through their
personal accounts in the university system during the active registration period.

11
 Unconfirmed registrations will remain inactive with the computer message
“interrupted due to non-registration”, and the student will not be allowed into courses.

Fourth: Academic Load


The academic load is the sum of the number of credits hours (units) for the courses taken per
semester:
A. Minimum Load: The minimum load is 12 credit hours per semester
B. Maximum Load: The maximum load is 18 credit hours per semester

Fifth: Warnings
Students achieving a cumulative grade point average (cGPA) of 2 in a 5 point system will
receive a warning.

Attendance
 Students who record a 25% absence rate without acceptable excuses will not be
permitted to write final examinations.
 The above students will be given the grade “failed, DN” in the corresponding courses.
 Attendance-based prohibitions from writing examinations are determined by the
College Council, which will determine the list of students prohibited from writing
exams before the beginning of the final examination period.
 Students recording more than a 50% absence rate are advised to make their case to the
University Council; the college will not consider such a rate of absence.

Acceptable reasons for absence:


 Written or documented evidence must be submitted within a week
 Replacement examinations and marking must be finished before the end of the
following semester.

Withdrawals
 Students are permitted to withdraw from a semester with the permission of the Vice
Dean, provided that students advise of the withdrawal in writing and complete all
required forms.
 The specified time frame to complete all requirements for withdrawing from a
semester is three weeks before the date of final examinations for that semester, based
on the University academic calendar.
 Students withdrawing from a semester are required to re-register by the end of their
leave.
 With the permission of the Vice Dean, students are allowed to drop courses within
eight (8) weeks from the start of the semester
 Female students are required to present the consent of their parents or guardians when
applying for withdrawal.

12
Dropping Courses/Freezing Registrations
 Students are allowed to drop a maximum of two consecutive semesters or a total of
three semesters in a full-length program at the University, unless the Senate or
College Council recommends otherwise in exceptional cases.
 Married female students accompanying their husbands are allowed to freeze
registrations for a maximum of five (5) years. They may re-register to pursue studies
as follows:
 They are required to make up for any changes in their previous curricula and
academic planning at the University or College, and complete all graduation
requirements.
 If there are no changes, they may resume registration to pursue her studies normally.
 Female students, who are absent for more than five (5) years, will have their seats
reserved to pursue studies as new students.
 The period of the frozen registration is excluded calculations of the maximum time
allowed for graduation from a program.
 Students returning from a withdrawal must activate their registrations or their
accounts will remain inactive.
 Female students are required to present the consent of their parents or guardians.
 Transfers

Transfer within University Colleges


 Students can apply online through their accounts on the university website to transfer
to a different college within the university.
 Transfer to another college must be during the four semesters of their registration in
the old college
 Transferring students must seek to obtain the permission of the old and new colleges.
 Transfers occur online after approvals.

Transfers during Transitional Programs within the University


 Undergraduate students are not permitted to transfer to transitional programs.
 Transferring students are required to finish all transitional programs with a minimum
grade of 2 in a 5 point system.
 Students who have completed 50% of the total credit hours required for a transitional
program with a grade of 4 in a 5 point system are allowed to transfer to their new
college.
 Students who have finish transitional programs but have six (6) credit hours will be
allowed to transfer provided their cumulative grade averages are not less than 2.5 in a
5 point system.

13
Requirements for Graduation
 Must successfully obtain 15 credit hours required by the University.
 Must successfully obtain 150 credit hours required by the College
 Must successfully complete Advanced Pharmacy Practice Experiences
(APPE)(equivalent to 30 credit hours)
Important Terms

Academic Year
Two semesters and a summer semester
Semester
A 15 week study period, excluding registration and examination periods.
Summer semester
An intensive 8-week study period, excluding registration and examination periods.
Level
According to the academic plan in place, it indicates one of the ten levels required to
complete the program.

Study Plan
All required, elective, APPE, training, and preparatory courses that are required for the
completion of the program to obtain the PharmD degree in the college.

Syllabus
Details of courses in a program. It is specified by a code, name, and number. While some
courses have pre-requisites, others do not. Courses in the program are routinely evaluated for
their outcomes in the program.

Study Unit
A 50 minute lecture or clinical study or a 100 minute practical session.

Academic Warning
A warning issued to students whose grades are less than 2, following which his payment
stops. After the 4th warning, students are asked to withdraw from the university.

Semester Grade
The grades of a single semester of work comprised of exams, research projects, and all
academic activities from the courses taken. It is advisable to separate annual academic studies
into mid-terms I and II and practical examinations.

14
Final Exams
An annual exam, one per semester according to the academic plan of the university
Final Exam Grade
The result of the final exam of each course at the end of each semester; the results are shown
in terms of a percentage only (%).

Final Grades
The results of the semester’s activities plus the result of the final exam; final grades are
shown as a percentage (%).

Grades
The result expressed as a percentage or a letter grade of the final exam in any course.

Incomplete Grade
An incomplete grade shown as “L” or “IC” indicates that the course requirements were not
completed within specified timeframe.

Grade Point Average (GPA)


The Grade Point Average is a measure of a student's academic achievement at a college or
university; it is calculated by dividing the total number of grade points achieved by the total
number attempted

Cumulative Grade Point Average (CGPA)


A Cumulative Grade Point Average is a calculation of the average of all of a student's grades
for all semesters and courses completed up to a given academic term

List of Courses (Syllabus per levels)

Code Level (1) Hrs. Pre req.


101 ARAB Arabic Language Skills 2(2+0+0) NONE
102 PHP Medical Terminology 2(2+0+0) NONE
135MATH Mathematics for Pharmacy 3(2+0+1) NONE
106BIOL Human Biology 4(3+1+0) NONE
103PHC Organic Chemistry 2(2+0+0) NONE
111ANAT Human Anatomy and Histology 4(3+1+0) NONE

Code Level (2) Hrs. Pre req.

15
120 PHP Introduction to Pharmacy Profession 1(1+0+0) NONE
101IC Introduction to Islamic Culture 2(2+0+0) NONE
121PHP Biostatistics 2(2+0+0) 135MATH
122PHC Pharmaceutical Organic Chemistry 4(3+1+0) 103PHC
123PHT Pharmaceutical Microbiology 3(2+1+0) 106BIOL
124PHC Pharmaceutical Analytical Chemistry 4(3+1+0) 103PHC

Code Level (3) Hrs. Pre req.


210PHG Biochemistry –l 2(2+0+0) 103PHC
211PHG Physiology-l 3(2+1+0) 106BIOL
212PHT Pharmaceutics-l 3(2+1+0) 135MATH
103PHC,
215PHC Pharmacognosy 3(2+1+0)
122PHC
216PHP Computer for Health Sciences 2(2+0+1) 135MATH
217PHP Pharmacy Practice 2(2+0+0) 120PHP
218PHG General Immunology 2(2+0+0) 106BIOL

Code Level (4) Hrs. Pre req.


220PHG Biochemistry-II 3(2+1+0) 210PHG
222PHG Physiology-II 2(2+0+0) 211PHG
122PHC,
225PHC Medicinal Chemistry -I 3(2+1+0)
124PHC
224PHG Pharmacology-I 4(3+1+0) 210PHG
225PHG Molecular Pharmacology 2(2+0+0) 106BIOL
212PHT,
223PHT Pharmaceutics-II 3(2+1+0)
135MATH
Code Level (5) Hrs. Pre req.
315PHC Medicinal Chemistry-II 3(2+1+0) 225PHC
310PHP Pathophysiology-I 2(2+0+0) 222PHG
314PHG Pharmacology-II 4(3+1+0) 224PHG
315PHG Chemotherapy 2(2+0+0) 224PHG
316PHC Natural Products Chemistry 3(2+1+0) 215PHC
102IC Islam & Constr. Of Society 2(2+0+0) NONE

Pre
Code Level (6) Hrs.
req.
327PHC Pharmacopeial Analysis 4(3+1+0) 124PHC
320PHC Medicinal Chemistry-III 3(2+1+0) 315PHC

16
322PHP Pathophysiology-II 2(2+0+0) 310PHP
323PHT Pharmaceutics-III 3(2+1+0) 223PHT
324PHG Pharmacology-III 3(2+1+0) 314PHG
325PHP Scientific Writing & Seminar-I 1(1+0+0) 216PHP

Code Level (7) Hrs. Pre req.


330PHP Pharmacotherapy-I 3(3+0+1) 310PHP
334PHG Pharmacology-IV 2(2+0+0) 324PHG
333PHG Toxicology 2(2+0+0) 224PHG
335PHT Pharmaceutical Biotechnology 2(2+0+0) 212PHT
336PHT Basic Pharmacokinetics 2(2+0+1) 135MATH
337PHT Dispensing of Medication 3(2+1+0) 323PHT
332PHC Radiopharmacy 1(1+0+0) 320PHC
338PHG Pharmacogenomics 2(2+0+0) 324PHG

Code Level (8) Hrs. Pre req.


345PHT Biopharmaceutics 2(2+0+0) 335PHT
342PHP Clinical Communication Skills 2(2+0+0) NONE
341PHP Ethics in Pharmacy 2(2+0+0) 102IC
340PHP Pharmacotherapy-II 3(3+0+1) 330PHP
Drug and Poison Information Services& Literature
343PHP 3(2+1+1) 216PHP
Evaluation
344PHT Over the Counter Drugs 2(2+0+0) 335PHT
346PHP Patient Assessment & First Aid 1(0+1+1) 222PHG
103ARAB Expository Writing 2(2+0+0) NONE

Code Level (9) Hrs. Pre req.


410PHP Pharmacotherapy-III 3(3+0+1) 340PHP
411PHP Pharmacoeconomics & Epidemiology 3(3+0+0) 343PHP
412PHP Pharmacy Management 2(2+0+0) 341PHP
413PHP Evidence Based Pharmacy 2(1+1+0) 343PHP
414PHP Psychology and Health 2(2+0+0) 106BIOL
416PHP Applied Pharmacokinetics 2(2+0+1) 336PHT
103IC The Islamic Economic System 2(2+0+0) NONE

Code Level (10) Hrs. Pre req.


423PHP Clinical Nutrition &IV. Adm. 4(3+1+1) 135MATH
426PHP Pharmacy Law 1(1+0+0) NONE
421PHP Scientific Writing &Seminar-II 2(1+1+0) 325PHP
104IC Fundamentals of the Islamic Political System 2(2+0+0) NONE

17
424PHG Drug of Abuse 2(2+0+0) 334PHG
420PHP Pharmacotherapy-IV 3(3+0+1) 410PHP
425PHP Graduation Project 2(1+1+0) 343PHP

18
Advanced Pharmacy Practice Experiences (APPEs)

APPEs includes 10 clinical rotations. These include 7 core rotations and 3 elective rotations.
The students need to choose 3 rotations out of 18 elective rotations. The duration of each
rotation is of 5 weeks, 8 hours/day and 40 hours/week.
Through the APPEs, the College provides an experiential learning environment for the
students to develop sufficient, relevant and experiential knowledge base to utilize appropriate
resources necessary to provide patient centered care, individualized therapeutic planning,
intervention and evaluation. The program fosters clinical skills in students to assume
responsibility and accountability for therapeutic outcomes in the process of providing
pharmaceutical care. The program develops professionalism and interpersonal skills in
students to work as a team member of the healthcare providers, which is necessary for the
provision of optimal patient care and pharmaceutical services.

Core Rotations 35 Weeks Total


Pharmacy Practice I(Inpatient/Outpatient)
Clinical Nutrition and IV Admixture
Cardiology
Internal Medicine 5 Weeks Each
Critical Care Unit
Pediatrics(Neonates, Infants or Children)
Infectious Diseases
Elective Rotations 15 Weeks Total
Pharmacy Practice II Drugs and Poison Information
(Administration/DUE/P&T)
Formulary Management and Oncology
Investigational Drug Services
Hematology Surgery 5 Weeks Each
Transplantation Ambulatory Care Clinics
Nephrology Pain Management
Geriatrics Neurology
Endocrinology Pulmonary
Psychiatry Medication Safety
Evidence Based Medicine Pharmacy Automation and
Informatics
Vacations 2 Weeks

19
Categorization of courses per domainsBasic Biomedical Sciences
Course Name Credit hours
Human Biology 4
Organic Chemistry 2
Human Anatomy and Histology 4
Biostatistics 2
Pharmaceutical Microbiology 3
Biochemistry -I 2
Physiology-I 3
General Immunology 2
Biochemistry-II 3
Physiology-II 2
Pathophysiology-I 2
Pathophysiology-II 2
Pharmaceutical Biotechnology 2
Pharmacogenomics 2
Total 35
Course Name Credit hours
Pharmaceutical Organic Chemistry 4
Pharmaceutical Analytical Chemistry 4
Pharmaceutics-I 3
Pharmacognosy 3
Medicinal Chemistry -I 3
Pharmacology-I 4
Molecular Pharmacology 2
Pharmaceutics-II 3
Medicinal Chemistry-II 3
Pharmacology-II 4
Natural Products Chemistry 3
Pharmacopeial Analysis 4
Medicinal Chemistry-III 3
Pharmaceutics-III 3
Pharmacology-III 3
Pharmacology-IV 2
Toxicology 2
Basic Pharmacokinetics 2
Radiopharmacy 1
Biopharmaceutics 2
Applied Pharmacokinetics 2
Total 60

20
Social/Behavioral/Administrative Pharmacy Sciences
Course Name Credit hours
Introduction to Pharmacy Profession 1
Computer for Health Sciences 2
Scientific Writing & Seminar-I 1
Ethics in Pharmacy 2
Pharmacoeconomics & Epidemiology 3
Pharmacy Management 2
Evidence Based Pharmacy 2
Pharmacy Law 1
Scientific Writing & Seminar-II 2
Graduation Project 2
Total 18

Clinical Sciences
Course Name Credit hours
Medical Terminology 2
Pharmacy Practice 2
Psychology and Health 2
Pharmacotherapy-I 3
Dispensing of Medication 3
Clinical Communication Skills 2
Chemotherapy 2
Pharmacotherapy-II 3
Drug and Poison Information Services& Literature 3
Evaluation
Over the Counter Drugs 2
Patient Assessment & First Aid 1
Pharmacotherapy-III 3
Clinical Nutrition &IV. Administration 4
Drug of Abuse 2
Pharmacotherapy-IV 3
Total 37

21
Clinical Sciences Biomedical
(37 credit hours) Sciences (35 credit
hours)

Social/Behavioral/Administrative
Sciences (18 Credit hours)
Pharmaceutical
Sciences (60 credit
hours)

Introductory Pharmacy Practice Experiencies

Advanced Pharmacy Practice Experiences (30 credit hours)

Credit distribution of the core courses in the program over 6 years

22
Description of Courses taught in the Pharm D program

Medical Terminology
Course Name: Medical Terminology ‫المصطلحات الطبية‬ :‫اسم المقرر‬
Course Code & No.: 102 PHP ‫ مصد‬102 :‫رقم المقرر ورمزه‬
Credits:2(2+0+0) 2(2+0+0) :‫ المعتمدة‬:‫عدد الساعات‬
Prerequisite: None ‫بدون‬ :‫ السابق‬:‫المتطلب‬
Level:1 1 :‫المستوى‬

Course Description (AIM):


Medical Terminology is a specialized language for the health care team so that they may
communicate in concise and accurate way. The course introduces the most common &
important terminology in the fields of pharmacy, medicine and dentistry based on the main
disciplines. The course will be conducted in simple, easy & enjoyable interactive lectures.
It is an integrated course that will be shared by the colleges of medicine, dentistry and
majors of pharmacy.

Objectives:
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
 Understand the common biomedical terminology in simplified English.
 Show knowledge of word roots, combining forms, prefixes and suffixes related to
each system studied.
 Understand words associated with anatomical structures, and pathological processes
of common diseases.
 Break down and build pharmaceutical, medical & dental terms according to word
parts and descriptions.
 Define directional terms associated with body topography.
 Identify selected common medical abbreviations and symbols used by pharmacy,
medical and dental specialties.

Learning outcomes

Course Contents:
 Introduction to written & spoken language of Pharmacy -with emphasis on
subdivisions-, medicine and dentistry.
 The root of words associated with medical terminology such as diseases, organs,
systems.
 The prefixes and suffixes of various medical, dental and pharmacy terms.
 The Differentiation between spelling and pronunciation of related terms.

23
 The spelling and definition of medical terminology associated with various body
systems including: nervous (autonomic and CNS), musculoskeletal, cardiovascular and
lymphatic, digestive, urinary, respiratory, reproductive, and endocrine.
 Pharmaceutical Terminology related to Clinical Pharmacy and Therapeutics.
 Pharmaceutical Terminology related to medicinal chemistry and Formulations.
 Pharmaceutical Terminology related to Pharmacognosy.
 Pharmaceutical Terminology related to Pharmacology and Toxicology.
 Pharmaceutical Terminology related to Pharmaceutics.

Teaching/learning methods and Contact hours


Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other Total
Contact Hours 28 28
Credit 2 2

The following teaching strategies are used:


 Lectures

Assessment and grading plan:


Proportion of Total
S.no. Assessment method Week Due
Assessment
1 Mid-term I 6-7 20%
2 Mid-term II 12-13 20%
3 Final Exam 16 60%

Course outcome and Assessment


S.no. Course Outcome Method of Assessment
1 Outcome-1 W
2 Outcome-2 W
3 Outcome-3 W
W: Written

Text Book(s):
Willis MC. Medical Terminology: A programmed Learning Approach to the Language of
Health Care. 1st. Edition, 2002. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.
English for health professions. An elementary course for non-native speakers of English 1st.
edition, 2001. Najd Commercial Printing Press.

24
Additional suggested readings:
Gylys BA and Wedding ME. Medical terminology: A Systems Approach 4th. Edition, April
1999. F A DavisCo.
Gylys BA and Masters RM. Medical terminology Simplified: A Programmed learning
2nd Approach by body Systems. 2nd. Edition, March 1998. F A DavisCo.
Cohen BJ. Medical Terminology: an illustrated Guide. 4th. Edition.

25
Mathematics for Pharmacy
Course Name: Mathematics for Pharmacy ‫الرياضيات للصيدلة‬ :‫إسم المقرر‬

Course Code & No.: 135 MATH ‫ ريض‬135 :‫رقم المقرر ورمزه‬

Credits:3(2+0+1) 3(2+0+1) :‫عدد الساعات‬


:‫المعتمدة‬
Prerequisite: None ‫بدون‬ :‫ السابق‬:‫المتطلب‬

Level:1 1 :‫المستوى‬

Course Description (AIM):


This course is designed to provide calculus for students of pharmacy who intend to apply
these concepts in their professional course work. Students are expected to develop an
understanding of the derivative as an instantaneous rate of change and use this definition to
find derivatives of many types of functions and combinations of these functions including
algebraic, trigonometric, exponential and logarithmic functions. Then they are expected to
compute the maxima and minima of some functions and plot them as well. They also will
develop the idea that integration is the inverse operation to differentiation and will be able to
familiar with the integration techniques. Students are also exposed to linear first-order
differential equations and their applications in health sciences.

Objectives:
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
 Show understanding of the basic principles of calculus.
 Gain an understanding of basic single-variable calculus and its applications including
functions, limits, differentiation, Integration and differential equations and their
applications.
 Be exposed to the properties of exponential functions and inverse functions and
logarithms.
 Show understanding of the integration of various functions including algebraic,
trigonometric, exponential and inverse functions.
 Show understanding of the application of derivatives in analysis of curves and
evaluating maxima and minima.
 Show understanding of the various techniques of integration including integration by
substitution, partial fractions, integrating factor and integration by parts.
 Apply the fundamental theorem of calculus to evaluate definite integrals.
 Be familiar with separable linear first-order differential equations and their solution
by finding the antiderivative.

Course Contents:
 Real Numbers.

26
 Functions:
 Definition
 Properties
 Types of functions
 Trigonometric functions
 Slopes of linear functions
 Increments and rates
 Limits
 Continuity
 Derivative
 Definition
 Rules of derivative
 Higher order derivatives
 Applications of derivatives
 Analysis of curves
 Maxima and minima and their applications
 Monotone functions
 Convexity and concavity
 Plotting of functions
 Exponential and Logarithmic Functions
 Exponential function
 Logarithmic functions
 Linear semi-log, and log plots
 Linearization of nonlinear plots
 Natural logarithms and exponents
 Exponential growth and decay
 Integration
 Antiderivatives
 Integration techniques:
 Integration by substitution
 Integration of logarithmic and exponential functions
 Integration by parts
 Integrating factor
 Integration by partial fractions
 The definite Integral
 Polar coordinates
 Areas
 Volumes
 Differential Equations:
 Separable equations

27
 Linear first-order equations
Teaching/learning methods and Contact hours
Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other Total
Contact Hours 28 14 42
Credit 2 2

The following teaching strategies are used:


 Lectures

Assessment and grading plan:


Proportion of Total
S.no. Assessment method Week Due
Assessment
1 Mid-term I 6-7 20%
2 Mid-term II 12-13 20%
3 Final Exam 16 60%

Course outcome and Assessment


S.no. Course Outcome Method of Assessment
1 Outcome-1 W
2 Outcome-2 W
3 Outcome-3 W
W: Written

Text Book(s):
 Arya JC, Lardner RW. Mathematics for the Biological Sciences. Prentice-Hall ISBN: 0-
13-562439-8.
 Hughes-Hallet. Calculus: Answer Book. 1994. John Wiley & Sons Inc. 1st. edition. ISBN:
0-47-111305-0
Additional suggested readings:
 Fleming W. App fled Calculus for Management, Social, and Life Sciences. 1991. Prentice
Hall.ISBN:0-13-39769-5.

Human Biology
Course Name: Human Biology ‫علم األحياءالبشري‬ :‫إسم المقرر‬
Course Code & No.: 106 BIOL ‫بيول‬106 :‫ ورمزه‬:‫رقم المقرر‬
Credits:4 (3+1+0) 4(3+1+0) :‫ المعتمدة‬:‫عدد الساعات‬
Prerequisite: None ‫ال يوجد‬ :‫ السابق‬:‫المتطلب‬
Level:1 1 :‫المستوى‬

28
Course Description (AIM):
This course serves as an introduction to the basic principles of biology with emphasis on
structure and function at the molecular and cellular levels. Practical lab sessions are devoted
to brief study of histology, anatomy and physiology of body systems, for example, digestive,
urogenital, urinary system. In addition, student will also be trained for experimental biology
and lab animal handling.

Objectives:
This course aims to introduce students to:
1) Basic knowledge and understanding of the major integrating concepts of the biological
systems such as chemical basis of life, cell structure, inheritance, anatomy and physiology.
2) Structure and function of the human body.

Learning Outcomes:

1. Knowledge (80%):
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Describe construction and list functions of different cellular components nucleus,
cytoplasm, plasma membrane, ribosomes, mitochondria, lysosomes, centriolesetc.
b. Explain how formation and function of molecules depend on chemical bonding
between atoms.
c. State the molecular as well as the chromosomal basis of inheritance.
d. Define the roles of and differences between mitosis and meiosis.
e. Describe the structure and processes of human respiratory system, digestive system,
cardiovascular system, urinary system, mammalian reproduction along with
integration of endocrine and nervous systems.

2. Communication, Information Technology, Numerical (5%):


Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Write report assignments and submit them via email or as a handwritten copy.

3. Psychomotor (15%):
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Draw structures of various body systems and demonstrate the ability to examine
histological slides under the microscope.

Course Contents:
 The Chemical Context of Life
 Cell Structure and Function
 Organization and Regulation of Body Systems
 Digestive system

29
 Cardiovascular System
 Respiratory System
 Urinary System
 Chromosomal basis of inheritance
 Molecular basis of inheritance
 Nervous System
 Lymphatic and Immune System
 Endocrine System
 Nervous system

Teaching/learning methods and Contact hours


Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact
45 30 75
Hours
Credit 3 1 4

The following teaching strategies are used:


 Lectures/Class-based
 Practical

Assessment and grading plan:


Proportion of Total
S.no. Assessment method Week Due
Assessment
1 Mid-term I 6-7 15%
2 Mid-term II 12-13 15%
3 Practical Exam 15 20%
4 Final Exam 16 50%

Course outcome and Assessment

S.no. Course Outcome Method of Assessment


1 Outcome-1 W
2 Outcome-2 AP
3 Outcome-3 W

W: Written; PB: Performance based; AP: Assignment project; P: Portfolio

Required Textbooks
 Campbell N.A., Reece J. B. Biology. Latest edition, Benjamin Cummings Company Inc.
 Sylvia S. Mader and Michael Windelspecht. Human Biology, 12th Edition, Mc Graw

30
Hill International Edition.
Recommended textbooks and Reference material
 Gary A. Thibodeau and Kevin T. Patton. Structure and Function of the Body, 12th
Edition, Mosby.
 Michael D. Johnson. Human Biology Concepts and Current Issues, 6th Edition, Pearson
Inc.
Electronic Materials
Online resources available at
 http://www.library.qu.edu.sa/Pages/default.aspx
 http://www.pharmacylibrary.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/public/about
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/ss/About.aspx
 http://search.proquest.com/

Organic Chemistry
Course Name: Organic Chemistry ‫الكيمياء العضوية‬ :‫إسم المقرر‬
Course Code & No.: 103 PHC ‫ كمص‬103 :‫رقم المقرر ورمزه‬
Credits: 2 (2+0+0) 2 (2+0+0) :‫عدد الساعات‬
‫بدون‬ :‫المعتمدة‬
Prerequisite: None :‫ السابق‬:‫المتطلب‬
Level:1 1 :‫المستوى‬

Course Description (AIM):


This course is a comprehensive introduction in all aspects of organic chemistry, for new
students. The course will qualify the students and prepare them with organic chemistry
knowledge to further their studies.

Objectives:
The primary goal of this course is to understand organic chemistry and to develop thinking
skills related to the subject matter

Course learning outcomes:

31
1. Knowledge
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Recognize the principles of organic chemistry such as structures, nomenclature,
classification and stereochemistry
b. Write the methods of preparations, reactions and reaction mechanisms of different
functional groups.

2. Cognitive Skills
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Describe the atomic structure and types of hybridization and bonds
b. Write the sterochemistry of organic molecules..

Course Contents:
 Introduction (definition, structure of atoms, atomic orbitals, electronic configuration,
bonding, types of hybridization, electron availability, resonance, inductive effect,
electronegativity, polarity and dielectric constant, arrows in chemistry, reactions
yields).
 Stereochemistry.
 Alkanes and cycloalkanes.
 Alkenes and dienes.
 Alkynes.
 Alkyl halides.
 Alcohols.
 Ethers and epoxides.

Teaching/learning methods and Contact Hours


Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact 30 - - - - 30 hours
Hours

The following teaching strategies are used:


 Class room lectures

Assessment and grading plan:


Assessment methods Proportion of Total
Assessment
1 Mid-Term I Test 20%
2 Mid-Term II Test 20%
3 Final Exam 60%

Course outcomes and Assessment

32
Course outcome Method of Assessment
Course Name: Human Anatomy and Histology ‫تشريح اإلنسان وعلم األنسجة‬ :‫إسم المقرر‬
1 Outcome 1 W
Course
2 Code &2No.: 111 ANAT
Outcome ‫شرح‬111
W :‫رقم المقرر ورمزه‬
Credits:4(3+1+0) 4(3+1+0) :‫ المعتمدة‬:‫عدد الساعات‬
Prerequisite: None ‫بدون‬ :‫ السابق‬:‫المتطلب‬
Level:1 1 :‫المستوى‬
W: Written

Required Textbooks
 T.W. Graham Solomon, Organic Chemistry, John Wiley & Sons, Inc,
 Ralph J. Fessenden, Organic Chemistry, Brooks Cole.
 I. L. Finar, Organic Chemistry: The Fundamental Principles, John Wiley & Sons
Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material
 Jerry March & Michael B. Smith, Advanced Organic Chemistry, 6th Ed, John Wiley &
Sons
Electronic Materials
Online resources available at:
 https://www.khanacademy.org/science/organic-chemistry
 http://www.chemguide.co.uk/orgmenu.html
 http://www.library.qu.edu.sa/Pages/default.aspx
Human Anatomy and Histology

Course Description (AIM):


This course is intended to introduce the student to the basic knowledge regarding the
structural anatomy and histology of the various body systems and organs. The relation
between the various systems and organs will be outlined and discussed. Students will also be
introduced to basics of cytology, general histology and organohistology of the human body
systems. In the practical classes, the students will be using simulated plastic human models to
implement what is taught in the theoretical lectures.

Objectives:
Upon successful completion of this course, the following objectives should be covered:
 Cell membrane, normal locations and structures of various body organs.
 Relations between the different organs and systems.
 Differences between the components of the central nervous system and the autonomic
nervous system.
 Tissues, Glands, Bones and muscles

Learning outcomes:

33
1. Knowledge:
a. Gain knowledge regarding the normal locations and structures of various body organs.
b. Explain the relations between the different organs and systems.
c. Gain the basic knowledge regarding the differences between the components of the
central nervous system and the autonomic nervous system.
d. Differentiate between the different parts and compartments of the brain.
e. Understand the connections between the brain and the spinal cord.
f. Define euchromatin and heterochromatin and relate them to DNA coiling and cell
activity
g. Describe features of cytoplasmic organelles and inclusions, and mention functions of
each
h. Mention characteristic features of blood cells and describe the basic aspects of
hemopoiesis

2. Cognitive skills:
a. Explain features of the cell membrane, its functions
b. Explain phases of the cell cycle
c. Differentiate meiosis and mitosis
d. Classify body tissues and describe them
e. Explain bone, its features and locations of each type, and describe development and
growth of cartilage and bone, cells of the immune system, mention functions of each
f. Describe the basic histological features:mucous membrane of the oral cavity,
esophagus, stomach and intestine, salivary glands, liver and exocrine pancreas,
endocrine glands and pancreatic islets, heart and blood vessels, kidney, ureter and
urinary, male and female genital system, CNS, ganglia, eye and ear

3. Psychomotor and communication skills:


a. Demonstrate ability to use the compound light microscope effectively. Describe the
microscopic appearance of the nucleus and cytoplasm of eukaryotic human body cells
b. Describe histological features of the muscle and under light and electron microscope

Course Contents:
 The general anatomical and histological structures and the relations between the
following systems:
 The Central Nervous System:
 The Autonomic Nervous System.
 The Cardiovascular System.
 The Respiratory System.
 The Gastrointestinal Tract.
 The Renal and Urinary System.
 The Reproductive System.
 The Sensory Organs.

34
 The Lymphatic System.
 The musculoskeletal system.

Practical
 All the features of Organs of following systems:
 The Central Nervous System:
 The Autonomic Nervous System.
 The Cardiovascular System.
 The Respiratory System.
 The Gastrointestinal Tract.
 The Renal and Urinary System.
 The Reproductive System.
 The Sensory Organs.
 The Lymphatic System.The musculoskeletal system

Teaching/learning methods and Contact Hours


Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact 30 - - 30 - 60 hours
Hours
The following teaching strategies are used:
 Lectures
 Practical sessions.

Assessment and grading plan:


Assessment method Proportion of Total Assessment
1 Mid-term 1 test 15%
2 Mid-term 2 test 15%
3 Practical Examination 20%
4 Final examination 50%

Course outcomes and Assessment


Course outcome Method of Assessment
1 Outcome 1 W
2 Outcome 2 W
3 Outcome 3 W, PB
W: Written PB: Performance-Based AP: Assignment Project P:
Portfolio

35
Course Name: Introduction to Pharmacy ‫المدخل إلى مهنة الصيدلة‬ :‫إسم المقرر‬
Profession
Course Code & No.: 120 PHP ‫ مصد‬120 :‫رقم المقرر ورمزه‬
Credits:1(1+0+0) 1(1+0+0) :‫عدد الساعات‬
‫بدون‬ :‫المعتمدة‬
Prerequisite: None :‫ السابق‬:‫المتطلب‬
Level:2 2 :‫المستوى‬

Introduction to Pharmacy Profession

Course Description:
This course is designed to provide students with a broad perspective on pharmacy as a
profession in a changing health care environment. Students will learn to think critically about
health and health care from the patient's perspective and about the historical and
philosophical contexts of the profession as it continues to evolve toward patient focused care.

Objectives:
This course aims to introduce students to:
 Role of the pharmacist and the new dimesnions of different pharmacy practice
settings in Saudi Arabia.
 Dosage forms of pharmaceuticals, route of administration of drug delivery and
prescription and medication order interpretation
 Importance of quality assurance of pharmaceutical care and information about the
different drug resources, professional ethics and communication

Required Textbooks
 John Gibson. Modern Physiology and Anatomy. (2002). Blackwell, London.
 Alexandra P. Spence. Mason, E.B. Human Anatomy and Physiology. (2002).
Benjamin, California, USA.
Electronic Materials
Online resources available at:
 http://www.library.qu.edu.sa/Pages/default.aspx
 http://www.pharmacylibrary.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/public/about
 http://www.pubmed.com

Learning outcomes:

1. Knowledge
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:

36
a. Define the role of the pharmacy practitioner and different field of pharmacy practice
in Saudi Arabia
b. Describe the basic principles of drug developments, medication dosage forms and
their advantages and disadvantages
c. List different medical terminologies, abbreviations and their meanings.
d. Outline different sources of medication information
e. Discuss the basic principles of Pharmaceutical care and professional ethics and
communication.

Course Contents:
 Pharmacy: history and philosophy
 The health care system and financial aspects of health care
 Overview of pharmacy practice
 Key pharmaceutical care concepts and drug related problems
 Pharmacy settings and functions
 Roles and duties of pharmacists
 Medication dosage forms, routes of administration and drug delivery systems
 Introduction to quality assurance concepts
 Prescription and medication order terminology and abbreviations
 Prescription and medication order interpretation
 Drug development
 Pharmacy Information sources
 Pharmacy organizations
 Pharmacy laws and professional ethics
 Professionalism and communication

Teaching/learning methods and Contact Hours


Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other Total
Contact Hours 15` - - - - 15 hours

The following teaching strategies are used:


 Lectures
 Class discussions
Assessment and grading plan:
Assessment method Proportion of Total Assessment
1 Mid Term 1 20%
2 Mid Term 2 20%
3 Final Exam 60%

37
Required Textbook
 Pharmacy : an introduction to profession by L. Michael Posey, 2nd Edition
 Foundation in Pharmacy Practice by Ben Whalley
 Course outcome
Developing Method
Pharmacy Practice (a focus on patient care) Handbook of Assessment
2006 Edition
1 Outcome
Electronic 1
Materials W
2
OnlineOutcome
resources2available at: W
3  Outcome 3
http://www.library.qu.edu.sa/Pages/default.aspx W
4  Outcome 4 W
http://www.pharmacylibrary.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/public/about
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com/ss/About.aspx
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/ss/About.aspx
 http://search.proquest.com/
Course outcomes and Assessment
W: Written

Biostatistics

38
Course Name: Biostatistics ‫اإلحصاء الحيوي‬ :‫إسم المقرر‬
Course Code & No.: 121PHP ‫ مصد‬121 :‫رقم المقرر ورمزه‬
Credits:2(2+0+0) 2(2+0+0) :‫ المعتمدة‬:‫عدد الساعات‬
Prerequisite:135MATH ‫ ريض‬135 :‫ السابق‬:‫المتطلب‬
Level:2 2 :‫المستوى‬
Course Description (AIM):
This course is designed to provide students with a basic understanding of biostatistics. The
course covers of descriptive statistics with concepts of dispersion, central tendency
measurements. Graphical and tabular displays are also covered. Simple inferential statistics
involving probability, sampling, confidence intervals and tests of significance are presented.
Simple linear regression and correlations are also covered. Understanding concepts and
rational for various methods are emphasized with use of computer statistical software (such
as Excel, SPSS) for graphs and calculations.

Objectives:
This course aims to introduce students to:
 Basic concepts and theoretical aspects in biostatistics
 Requirements and steps needed to perform descriptive and inferential statistics
 Important formulae used for descriptive and inferential statistics
 Common statistical tests used in data analyses
 Application of statistical concepts, theoretical aspects and formulae on some practical
scenarios and cases provided as examples

Learning outcomes:

1. Knowledge
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Describe the key features of health data.
2. Cognitive Skills
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Interpret mean, median, mode, ranges, variance, standard deviation and confidence
intervals.

3. Communication, Information Technology, Numerical


Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Demonstrate the data numerically and graphically using tables, histograms, scatter
diagrams, pie chart and box plot.

39
b. Calculate mean, median, mode, ranges, variance, standard deviation and confidence
intervals.
c. Perform statistical inference such as confidence intervals and tests of significance.
d. Operate computer statistical software to carry out all the calculations

Course Contents:
 Basic concepts
 Definitions-, statistics, biostatistics, data
 Definitions-variables (discrete and continuous).
 Descriptive statistics
 Preliminary data analysis
 Measures of central tendency (mean, median, mode).
 Measures of dispersions - range, mean deviation, variance, and standard deviation.
 Graphical representation of data - dot plot, box plot, bar diagrams, and histograms.
 Frequency of distributions.
 Skewness, Kurtosis.
 Distributions and Probability
 Definitions, conditional probability
 Discrete and continuous probability distributions
 Bernoulli, Binomial, Normal and Poisson distributions.
 Elementary sampling and sampling distributions.
 Inferential statistics
 Estimation of unknown parameters.
 Test of hypothesis and significance
 Comparing two means.
 Comparing two proportions.
 Simple Linear Regression and Correlations.

Teaching/learning methods and Contact Hours

Lecture Tutoria Laborato Practic Other: Total


l ry al
Contact 28 - - - - 28 hours
Hours

Assessment and grading plan:


Assessment method Proportion of Total Assessment
1 Mid-term I exam 20%
2 Midterm 2 exam 20%
3 Final exam 60%

40
Course outcomes and Assessment
Course outcome Method of Assessment
1 Outcome 1 W
2 Outcome 2 W, PB
3Required Textbooks
Outcome 3 W, PB, AP
 Wayne Daniel. (2010). Biostatistics: Basic concepts and methodology for the Health
Sciences (9th edition). John Wiley & Sons, Inc
 Wayne Daniel. (1999). Biostatistics: a foundation for analysis in the health sciences
(7th edition). New York, Singapore, Toronto: John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
 Bernard Rosner. Fundamentals of Biostatistics.
Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material
 Glaser, A.N. (2001). High- yield biostatistics. Philadelphia, Baltimore, New York,
London, Buenos Aires, Hong Kong, Sydney, Tokyo: Lippincott Williams & Wilkins

Electronic Materials
Online resources available at:
 http://www.library.qu.edu.sa/Pages/default.aspx
 http://www.pharmacylibrary.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/public/about
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com/ss/About.aspx
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/ss/About.aspx
http://search.proquest.com/
W: Written PB: Performance-Based AP: Assignment Project P: Portfolio

The following teaching strategies are used:


 Lectures

41
Course Name: Pharmaceutical Organic Chemistry ‫كيمياء العضوية الصيدالنية‬: ‫اسم المقرر‬
Course Code & No.:122 PHC ‫ كمص‬122:‫ ورمزه‬:‫رقم المقرر‬
Credits: 4 (3+1+0) :4(3+1+0 ) ‫عدد الساعات‬
Prerequisite:103 PHC ‫كمص‬103: ‫المتطلب‬
Level: 2 2:‫المستوى‬

Pharmaceutical Organic Chemistry


Course Description (AIM):
This course will continue covering the organic functional groups that were not covered in the
previous organic chemistry. This will include the rest of aliphatic compounds, aromatic
compounds and heterocyclic chemistry, which will prepare the student properly to medicinal
chemistry.

Objectives:
 To make the students to understand about the various functional group in
organic/medicinal compounds
 To develop the student’s ability to understand the organic reactions and their
mechanism.
Learning outcomes:
1. Knowledge
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Recognize the various classes and subclasses of organic compounds and how the
chemical and physical properties influence their behavior
b. Describe the chemical reactions unique to each class or subclass of organic molecules
and their role in synthetic chemistry

2. Cognitive Skills
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Write the different reaction mechanisms and their importance in organic synthesis.
b. Predict the possible major and minor products from a chemical reaction.
c. Explain the methods of preparation, reactions and reaction mechanisms of common
organic functional groups, their derivatives, and different aromatic systems

42
2. Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Illustrate the chemical structures and organic reactions using chemistry software
programmes.

3. Psychomotor
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Prepare organic/heterocyclic compounds of medicinal interest.
b. Examine the organic molecules using chemical reactions for the identification of the
functional groups.

Course Contents:
 Aldehydes and ketones.
 Carboxylic acids.
 Carboxylic acid derivatives.
 Aromatic compounds (aromaticity, el electrophilic substitution, nucleophilic
substitution, EAR and orientation)
 Phenols.
 Aromatic nitro and related compounds.
 Heterocyclic chemistry. antibiotics, antiviral agents, antineoplastic agents,
immunotherapy)

Practical
 Laboratory safety measures and precautions.
 Criteria of purity (determination of mp, bp, crystallization and distillation).
 Element tests for nitrogen, halogen and sulfur.
 Identification of alcohols.
 Identification of aldehydes and ketones.
 Identification of phenols and naPHThols.
 Identification of carboxylic acids and salts.
 Identification of esters, amides and imides.
 Preparation of aspirin.
 Preparation of p-bromoacetanilide.
 Preparation of phenolPHThalein.
 Follow up the reactions of the prepared compounds by TLC and calculation of the
yields.

Teaching/learning methods and Contact Hours


Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total

43
Contact 45 - - 30 - 75 hours
Hours
The following teaching strategies are used:
 Class room lectures
 Practical

Assessment and grading plan:


Assessment method Proportion of Total Assessment
1 Mid-Term I Test 15%
2 Mid-Term II Test 15%
3 Laboratory examination 15%
4 Log Book 5%
5 Final Exam 50%

Course outcomes and Assessment

Course outcome Method of Assessment


1 Outcome 1 W
2 Outcome 2 W
3 Outcome 3 W, PB
4 Outcome 4 W, PB
W: Written PB: Performance-Based

Required Textbooks
 T.W. Graham Solomon, Organic Chemistry, John Wiley & Sons, Inc,
 Ralph J. Fessenden, Organic Chemistry, Brooks Cole.
 I. L. Finar, Organic Chemistry: The Fundamental Principles, John Wiley & Sons
Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material
 Jerry March & Michael B. Smith, Advanced Organic Chemistry, 6th Ed, John Wiley &
Sons
Electronic Materials
Online resources available at:
 https://www.khanacademy.org/science/organic-chemistry
 http://www.chemguide.co.uk/orgmenu.html
 http://www.library.qu.edu.sa/Pages/default.aspx

44
Pharmaceutical Microbiology PHT123
Course Name: Pharmaceutical Microbiology ‫األحياء الدقيقة الصيدلية‬ :‫اسم المقرر‬
Course Code & No.: PHT123 ‫صيد‬١٢٣ ‫رقم المقرر‬
Credits: 3(2+1+0) 3(2+1+0) ‫عدد الساعات‬
:‫المعتمدة‬
Prerequisite:106BIOL ‫حين‬1٠٦ :‫المتطلب السابق‬
Level:2 2 :‫المستوى‬

Course Description (AIM):


The course provides an overview of basic, and Medical Microbiology. The study will be
focusedon the biological characteristics of different groups of microbes (Bacteria, Rickettsiae
,Mycoplasma, Chlamydiae, Viruses and Fungi); classification, nomenclature, structure,
nutrition,metabolism, cultivation, growth and genetics. In addition, study of etiological
agent(s), mode ofinfection, pathogenesis, laboratory diagnosis, prevention, control, and
treatment of the mostmedically important infectious diseases.

Objectives
This course aims to introduce students to:
 To describe basic medical microbiology focusing on biological properties of different
groups of microbes; their classification, nomenclature, structure,
nutrition,metabolism, cultivation, growth and genetics
 To explain etiological agent(s), mode of infection, pathogenesis, laboratory diagnosis,
prevention, diseases surveillances, control, and treatment of the most medically
important infectious diseases.
Learning Outcomes
1. Knowledge:
a. List the names of classification systems used in microbiology, the name the shapes
and arrangement of different groups of microbes, and define the growth
characteristics, nutritional requirements, and cultivation methods of microorganisms.
b. Explain the differences among different groups of microorganisms (Bacteria
Rickettsiae, Mycoplasma, Chlamydiae, Viruses and Fungi).

2. Cognitive skills(Major)and communication skills (Minor)


a. Develop awareness of microbial control and the methods of collection, handling and
processing the clinical specimens recommended for laboratory diagnosis of the
infectious diseases.
b. Predict the awareness about the most medically important infectious diseases in terms
of their etiological agent(s), mode of infection, pathogenesis, symptoms, laboratory
diagnosis, prevention and control.
c. Write on microbial genetics (mutation, conjugation, transformation and transduction)
and brief genetic basis of antimicrobial resistance.

45
d. Develop the necessary skills to differentiate, the nature of both endemic and epidemic
disease, their diagnosis, and the epidemiological and/or microbial surveillance studies.
3. Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility(minor)
a. Show continuing personal and professional development,
b. Demonstrate leadership effectively within groups when appropriate, - Ability to judge
reasonably and ethically with high moral standards in personal and public forums.

4. Communication, Information Technology, Numerical (very minor)


a. Ability to communicate fairly effectively in oral

3. Psychomotor:
a. Examine different groups of microbes. Perform cultivation, prepare smears, and
examine them microscopically. Operate different types of microbiological equipment
in the lab. Perform work under aseptic conditions.

Course Contents:
 History of Microbiology and the world of microorganisms.
 Classification and fundamental characteristics of microbes, eukaryotic and
prokaryoticcells.
 Nomenclature and structure of bacteria.
 Growth characteristics of bacteria.
 Cultivation methods.
 Bacterial genetics.
 Different groups of fungi (yeast, yeast-like fungi, filamentous and dimorphic fungi).
 Gram-positive cocci:
 Staphylococci.
 Streptococci.
 Pneumococci.
 Gram-negative cocci:
 Neisseria gonorrhea.
 Neisseria meningitides.
 Gram-positive spore forming bacilli:
 Aerobic Gram-positive spore forming bacilli:
 Bacillus anthracis and other Bacillus species.
 Anaerobic Gram-positive spore forming bacilli:
 Clostridium perfringens.
 Clostridium tetani.
 Clostridium botulinum.
 Clostridium difficile.
 Gram-positive non spore forming bacilli:
 Corynebacterium diPHTheria and diPHTheria bacilli.

46
 Listeria monocytogenes.
 Fermentative Gram-negative rods
 Enterobacteriaceae
 Oxidative Gram-negative rods
 Pseudomonas organisms.
 Malta fever.
 Bordetella and Haemophilus species.
 Vibrio and Helicobacter.
 Tuberculosis.
 Spirochetes.
 Rickettsia Diseases.
 Superficial and systemic mycotic infections.

Laboratory Schedule:
 Good Microbiological practice.
 Distribution of microorganisms in different environments.
 Microscopic examination of microorganisms:
 Preparation and fixation of bacterial smear.
 Bacterial staining.
 Simple staining.
 Negative stain.
 Differential staining:
 Gram stain.
 Special staining:
 Zeihl-Neelsen's acid-fast stain.
 Spore stain.
 Capsule stain.
 Culture media:
 Ordinary media.
 Enrichment media.
 Media for anaerobic bacteria.
 Enriched media.
 Selective and differential media
 Media for fungi.
 Isolation and purification of pure colonies (streaking method).
 Bacterial count.
 Motility techniques.
 Antimicrobial susceptibility testing:
 Minimum Inhibitory Concentration (MIC).
 Disk diffusion method.

47
 Antibiotic assay.
 Collection, handling and processing of clinical specimens. Staphylococci and
streptococci
 Spore forming and non-spore forming Gram-positive bacilli.
 Bacillus and Clostridium species.
 Corynebacterium and Listeria species.
 Fermentative and Oxidative Gram-negative rods.
 Enterobacteriaceae.
 • Pseudomonas species.
 • Acid-fast organisms.

Teaching/learning methods and Contact Hours


Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact 30 - 30 - 60 hours
Hours

The following teaching strategies are used:


 Lectures
 Practiacal
 Seminar/Presentations (occasionally)
 Case presentations
Assessment and grading plan:
Assessment method Proportion of Total
Assessment
1 Practical exam 20%
2 Mid-term I exam 15%
3 Midterm II exam 15%
4 Final exam 50%

Course outcomes and Assessment


Course outcome Method of Assessment
1 Outcome 1 W
2 Outcome 2 W
3 Outcome 3 W
4 Outcome 4 W
5 Outcome 5 PR
W: Written PB: Performance-Based AP: Assignment Project P: Portfolio PR:
Practical

48
Course Name: Pharmaceutical Analytical Chemistry ‫ الكيمياء التحليلية الصيدلية‬:‫اسم المقرر‬
CourseCode&No.:PHC124 ‫ كمص‬124:‫رقم المقرر ورمزه‬

Required Textbooks
 Koneman, EW; Allen, SD and Janda, WM et al. "Color Atlas and Textbook of
Diagnostic
 Microbiology", 5th. Ed., 1997, Lippincott Company, USA.
 Murray, PR; Baron, EJ; Pfaller, MA et al. "Manual of Clinical Microbiology", 7th. Ed.,
1999, ASM Press USA.
 Black, JG "Microbiology Principles and Explorations", 4th. Ed. 1999, John Wiley &
Sons, Inc., USA.
 Colle, JG; Fraser, AG; Mannion, BP and Simmons, A "Mackie and McCartney,
Practical Medical Microbiology" 14th. Ed. 1996, Churchill Livingstone Inc., USA.

Pharmaceutical Analytical Chemistry

49
Credits:4(3+1+0) 4 (3+1+0) :‫عدد الساعات‬
Prerequisite: PHC103 ‫ كمص‬103 :‫المتطلب‬
Level:2 2 :‫المستوى‬

Course Description:
Analytical chemistry is a measurement science consisting of a set of power fluid as and,
methods that are useful in determining the composition of materials .The course will cover
both chemical methods of analysis with emphasis on volumetric category and,
physicochemical methods of analysis(spectro-analytical instrumental methods).The course
will cover the principle and, applications of each method, its laws ,calculation ,advantages
and, limitations of each method. More attention will be given to it application in thefield of
pharmaceutical analysis.

Objectives:
 Understanding the theory and practical aspects of the titrimetry.
 Understanding the spectroscopic methods of pharmaceutical materials analyses.
 Understanding the chromatographic techniques for pharmaceutical materials
purification.

Learning Outcomes

1. Knowledge:
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Describe the titrimetric techniques and, their use in sample analysis.
b. Recognize HPLC usefulness and, its applications in qualitative and, quantitative
analysis.
2. Cognitive Skills:
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Estimate the chromatographic purity of a mixture of pharmaceutical compounds.
2. Communication, Information Technology, Numerical:
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Evaluate spectra of drugs/organic-medicinal products for preliminary structure
information.
3. Psychomotor:
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Employ the spectroscopic and/or, chromatographic techniques in sample's analysis.

Course Contents:
 Introduction to analytical chemistry and, are view of elementary concepts.
 Qualitative & quantitative analyses, evaluation of quantitative analytical data.

50
 Acid base titrations in aqueous medium (pH of strong acids and bases, weak acids and
bases and salts, buffers solutions, titration curves ,acid-base indicators ,applications of
acid-base titrations)
 Acid-base titrations in non-aqueous medium(types of solvents for non-aqueous
titration, end-point determination in non-aqueous titrations)
 Precipitation titrations (titration curves for precipitation titrations ,applications of
precipitation titrations)
 Complex-formation titration(titrations with amino poly carboxylic acid, applicationsof
Complexometric titrations)
 Oxidation reduction titrations (Nernst equation and oxidation potential of redox
system, applications of standard oxidants ,applications of standard reductants)
 Potentiometric methods (indicator electrodes ,instrument for cell potential
measurements ,direct potentiometric measurements, potentiometric titrations)
 Introduction to spectroscopic methods of analysis (the electromagnetic spectrum
,emission and, absorption of electromagnetic radiation ,fluorescence and,
phosphorescence)
 Applications of molecular spectroscopy (molecular absorption spectra ,applications of
absorption spectroscopy to qualitative analysis ,quantitative analysis by ultraviolet
and visible absorption measurement ,applications of infrared absorption ,molecular
fluorescence spectroscopy and its application, NMR spectrometry ,mass
spectrometry)
 Introduction to chromatographic separation (general description of chromatography
,threat-theory of chromatography ,separation on column ,qualitative and quantitative
analysis by chromatography)
 HPLC
 GC
 Laboratory Schedule:
 Acid base titrations (preparation and standardization of 0.1NHCl,determination of
zinc oxide, determination of borax ,determination of boric and ,determination of
ammonium salts ,non-aqueous titration)
 Precipitometric titrations (preparation and standardization of ammoniumthiocyanate,
determination of KCl by Mohr's method, determination ofNH4Cl by
Volhard'smethod, determination of KCl and KI and their mixture by Fajan method,
determination of sulfacetamide by Volhard's method)
 Complexometric titrations (preparation and standardization of 0.05MEDTA,
determination of Ca++and Mg++and their mixture,determinationof ZnO)
 Oxidation-reduction titrations (preparation and standardization of 0.1N potassium
permanganate ,assay of hydrogen-peroxide ,assay of ferrous sulfate in tablets
,bromometric determination of phenol ,analysis of tincture iodine ,determination of
calcium lactate)

51
 Spectrophotometric analysis (absorption spectrum of potassium dichromate
,verification of Beer 'slaw, absorption spectrum of sulfacetamide in 0.1MHCl,analysis
of two-component mixtures
 Infra- red spectrophotometry ,IR and Mass Spectrometry (Study of the spectrum of
some pharmaceutical compounds to show the different functional groups)
 Fluorometric analysis (fluorescence spectra of ofloxacin and calibration graph and
analysis of its tablets)
 Potentiometric analysis (potentiometric determination of isoniazid against standard
bromine sing Platinum/ calomelel ectrode system)
 HPLC (inspection of atypical chromatogram and calculation of the resolution ,NTP
and HTEP)

Teaching /Learning Methods and Contact Hours:


Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact 45 - 30 - - 75
Hours

The following teaching strategies are used:


 Lecture
 Practical session

Assessment & Grading Plan:


Assessment Method Proportion of Total Assessment
1 Midterm Test I 15%
2. Midterm Test II 15%
3. Laboratory Examination 15%
4 Log Book 5%
5. Final Examination 50%

Course Outcomes & Assessment:


Course Outcome Method of Assessment
1. Outcome 1 W
2. Outcome 2 W, PB
3. Outcome 3 W
4. Outcome 4 W, PB

W: Written, PB: Performance –based

Required TextBook(s):
 DouglasA.Skoog&DonaldM.West.FundamentalsofAnalyticalChemistry.SandersCollege

52
Publishing,Philadelphia
 Galen Ewing. Instrumental Methodsof ChemicalAnalysis,McGraw-Hill, NewYork
 RobertdeLevie.PrinciplesofQuantitativeChemicalAnalysis.McGraw-Hill,New York
 GaryD. Christianand, James EO'Reilly,InstrumentalAnalysis,PrenticeHall,New York J.
Baisett,R.C.Denney,G.H.JeffergandJ.Mendham,Vogel'sTextbookofQuantitativeInorganic
Analysis,Longman,Essex
Additional Suggested Readings:
 Practical Pharmaceutical Chemistry, A.H. Beckell and J.B. Stenlake. The Athione Press,
London.
 Pharmaceutical Drug Analysis, 2nd ed, Ashutosh Kar, New Age Publications, New
Delhi.
 Pharmaceutical Analysis: A Textbook for Pharmacy Students and Pharmaceutical
Chemists, David G. Watson, Churchill Livingstone.
 Modern Analytical Chemistry, David Harvey, McGraw-Hill.
Electronic Materials
 e-Books (provided to students through Class/Course Representative)
 Access Pharmacy
 Pharmacy Library
 http://www.library.qu.edu.sa/Pages/default.aspx
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/ss/About.aspx

Biochemistry-I
Course Name: Biochemistry-I 1-‫الكيمياء الحيوية‬ :‫اسم المقرر‬
Course Code & No.: PHG 210 210 ‫دوى‬ :‫رقم المقرر و رمزه‬
Credits:2(2 + 0 + 0) 2(2 + 0 + 0) :‫عدد الساعات‬
Prerequisite: PHC 103 103 ‫كمص‬ ‫السا‬:‫المتطلب‬
:‫بق‬
Level:3 3 :‫المستوى‬

Course Description (AIM):


This course is concerned with the study of amino acids and proteins structures. Enzymes and
isozyme activities in the diagnosis of clinical conditions. It is also deals with genetic code,
protein synthesis and clinical conditions related to purine and pyrimidine nucleotides
metabolism. An overview of the porphyrin biosynthesis and catabolism. Mitochondrial
electron transport chain and oxidative phosphorylation will also be discussed.

53
Course objectives:
Upon successful completion of this course, the following objectives should be covered:
 Amino acids and proteins, enzymes, biological oxidation, porphyrins and nucleic
acids.
 Clinical correlations and the action of certain therapeutic as well as toxic agents are
explained whenever possible.

Learning outcomes:

1. Knowledge:
Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
a. Recognize the structures of the 20 amino acids commonly found in proteins. Know
the properties of their side chains and how these properties affect protein structure.
b. Recognize the structure of peptide bond and to explain how its properties influence
protein folding.
c. List the four levels of protein structure and to describe the forces that determine how
protein folds.
d. Outline the structure and function of antibody molecules.
e. List the course and fate of acetyl-COA and pyruvate.
f. Describe role of the TCA cycle in metabolism.
g. Name inhibitors and uncouplers of oxidative phosphorylation.
h. Outline the pathway for heme synthesis and catabolism as well as related diseases.
i. Recognize the pyrimidine and purine bases and identify their precursors.
j. Outline nucleotide catabolism, urate formation, and purine salvage.
k. Describe DNA and RNA structure and function.
l. Outline the steps of protein synthesis.

2. Cognitive skills:
Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
a. Explain the mechanisms by which enzymes catalyze reactions and how the activity of
an enzyme can be regulated.
b. Differentiate between competitive & noncompetitive, and uncompetitive inhibition
and to explain the action of certain therapeutic agents.
c. Explain the mechanism by which hemoglobin and myoglobin reversibly bind oxygen
and to interpret the oxygen-binding curves.
d. Summarize electron transfer from NADH and succinate to oxygen.
e. Interpret serum enzyme and isozyme activities in the diagnosis of clinical conditions.

Course Contents:
 Amino acids and proteins.
 Chemistry of amino acids and their classification.
 Acid-base, physical and chemical properties of amino acids.

54
 Classification and function of proteins.
 Structure of peptide bond.
 Level of protein structure.
 Protein unfolding (denaturation).
 Hemoglobin and myoglobin.
 Plasma proteins and antibody molecules.
 Enzymes.
 Enzyme classification and their mechanism of action.
 Enzyme kinetics and inhibition of enzyme activity.
 Regulation of enzyme activity.
 Coenzymes.
 Serum enzyme and isozyme activities in the diagnosis of clinical conditions.
 Biological oxidation.
 ATP cycle.
 Source and fate of acetyl-COA and pyruvate.
 Tricarboxylic acid cycle.
 Mitochondrial electron transport chain and oxidative phosphorylation and their
inhibitors.
 Porphyrins.
 Heme biosynthesis and its regulation.
 Heme catabolism and formation of bile pigments.
 Porphyrias and jaundice.
 Chemistry of nucleotides.
 Metabolsim of purine and pyrimidine nucleotides.
 Gout, Lysch-Nyhan syndrome and orotic aciduria
 Chemistry of DNA and RNA.
 The genetic code and protein synthesis.

Teaching/learning methods and Contact Hours


Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact 30 - - - - 30 hours
Hours
The following teaching strategies are used:
 Lectures
Assessment and grading plan:
Assessment method Proportion of Total
Assessment
1 Mid-term 1 test 20%
2 Mid-term 2 test 20%
3 Final examination 60%

55
Course outcomes and Assessment
Course outcome Method of Assessment
1 Outcome 1 W
2 Outcome 2 W
W: Written PB: Performance-Based AP: Assignment Project P:
Portfolio

Required Textbooks
 Devlin, T.M. Biochemistry with Clinical Correlations. Latest edition. John Wiley and
Sons, Inc.
 Marks, D.B. Biochemistry. Latest edition. Williams and Wilkins.
 Champe, P.C., Harvey, RA. Biochemistry J.B. Latest edition. Lippincott Company.
Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material
 Robert K. Murray et al. Harper's illustrated biochemistry. Twenty-sixth edition,
McGraw-Hill Companies
Electronic Materials
Online resources available at:
 http://www.library.qu.edu.sa/Pages/default.aspx
 http://www.pharmacylibrary.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/public/about
 http://www.pubmed.com

56
Physiology-I

Course Name: Physiology-I ١- ‫علم وظائف األعضاء‬: ‫اسم المقرر‬

Course Code & No. : 211 PHG ‫دوي‬٢١١‫رقمالمقرر‬

Credits: 3(2+1+0) (0+1+2(3:‫عدد الساعات‬


Prerequisite: 106BIOL ‫حين‬١٠٦: ‫المتطلب‬

Level: 3 3:‫المستوى‬

Course Description:
The course describes the Physiology of cell membrane, nerve and muscle, Physiology of
autonomic nervous system, Physiology of blood and cardiovascular system with emphasis on
the human body.

Objectives:
• Describe the importance and understanding of various physiological processes of the human
body.
• Describe the physiology of cell and various systems.
Perform various experiments relating to the various body system

Learning outcomes:
1. Knowledge:
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Explain what is meant by active transport, Na+/K+ pumps and their role in
maintenance of the resting membrane potential and explain how an equilibrium
potential is produced.
b. Discuss the structure and general functions of the sympathetic and parasympathetic
divisions of the autonomic system and role of motor unit in control of muscle
contraction.

57
c. Describeblood composition, function of the heart, blood elements, blood vessels and
regulation of its function.
d. Explain the properties of action potentials and explain the significance of all-or-none
law and the refractory periods.
e. Explain the structure of smooth muscle and explain how its contraction is regulated.

Cognitive Skills:
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Compare depolarization, repolarization and hyperpolarization.
b. •Distinguish between different types of muscles and contractions.

Psychomotor:
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Perform various experiments relating to cardiovascular system, blood and respiratory
system.
Course Contents:
 Transport through cell membrane.
 Membrane potential.
 Resting membrane potential.
 Action potentials.
 Peripheral neuron regeneration.
 Structure of skeletal muscles.
 Types of muscle contractions.
 Mechanism of contraction.
 Neural control of skeletal muscles.
 Energy requirements of skeletal muscles.
 Cardiac and smooth muscle.
 Autonomic nervous system, introduction.
 Somatic and autonomic motor reflex.
 Divisions, functions and control of the autonomic nervous system.
 Function of blood.
 Composition of blood.
 Plasma, erythrocytes, leukocytes and platelets.
 Regulation of erythropoiesis.
 Red blood cells antigens and blood typing.
 Blood clotting and dissolution of clots.
 Organization of cardiovascular system.
 Arteries and veins.
 Microcirculation.
 Cardiac electrophysiology and electrocardiogram.
 The heart as a pump.

58
 Regulation of arterial pressure and cardiac output. Special circulations.

Practical Schedule:
 Red blood cell count and hemoglobin determination.
 White blood cell count.
 White blood cell differential.
 Blood groups, erythrocyte sedimentation rate and osmotic fragility of red blood cells.
 Bleeding time, coagulation time.
 Effect stannous ligatures, temperature and drugs on frog's heart in situ.
 Effect of chemical mediators on isolated frog's heart.
 Characterization of receptors in isolated frog's heart.
 The electrocardiogram.
 Measurement of arterial blood pressure.
 Recording respiratory movements.
 Nerve muscle preparation.

Teaching/learning methods and Contact hours


Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact
30 28 58
Hours
Credit 2 1 3

The following teaching strategies are used:


 Lectures/Class-based
 Labs
Assessment and grading plan:
S.no. Assessment method Proportion of Total Assessment
1 Mid-term I 15%
2 Mid-term II 15%
3 Practical 20%
4 Final Exam 50%

Course outcome and Assessment


S.no. Course Outcome Method of Assessment
1 Outcome-1 W
2 Outcome-2 W
3 Outcome-2 PB

W: Written; PB: Performance based; AP: Assignment project; P: Portfolio

59
Text Book(s):
 Guyton, A.C. and Hall, J.E. Textbook of Medical Physiology. Latest edition. W.B.
SaundersCompany, Philadelphia.
Additional suggested readings:
 Fox, 8.1.Human Physiology.W.C. Brown Publlshers.Latest edition. Dubuque.
 Ganong, W.F. Review of Medical Physiology. Latest edition. Appleton and Lange,
Norwalk.
Electronic Materials
Online resources available at:
 http://www.library.qu.edu.sa/Pages/default.aspx
 http://www.pharmacylibrary.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/public/about
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com/ss/About.aspx
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/ss/About.aspx
 http://search.proquest.com/

60
Pharmaceutics-I

Course Name: Pharmaceutics-I 1-‫ الصيدالنيات‬:‫اسم المقرر‬


Course Code & No.: PHT 212 ‫ صيد‬212 :‫رقم المقرر ورمزه‬
Credits:3 (2+1+0) 3 (2+1+0) :‫عدد الساعات المعتمدة‬
Prerequisite:135 MATH ‫ ريض‬135 :‫المتطلب السابق‬
Level: 3 3 :‫المستوى‬

Course Description (AIM):


In this course, the principles of chemistry, physics and mathematics are applied to the
pharmaceutical sciences. solubility, partitioning, reaction kinetics and stabilization of
formulations will be considered.

Objectives:
This course aims to introduce students to:
 Fundemnatales of measurment and calculation in pharmaceutices
 Assessement of the physical and chemical data in order to evaluate the stability of a
given formulation.
 The compounding of different liquid dosage forms

Learning outcome:

1. Knowledge
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Record different types of solution dosage forms
b. Outline different types of concentration (Percentage strength, PPM etc…
c. List international systems of units
d. State methods ofisotonic preparations.

2. Cognitive skills:
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Compare between ratio and proportion.
b. Differentiate between three states of matter.
c. Explain Phase rule and phenol water system
d. Estimate different methods of preparation aromatic water, syrups and elixirs
3.Numerical skills
e. Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
f. Calculate ratio and proportion using different methods
g. Calculate different concentrations using alligation method
h. Evaluate isotonic solutions

61
3. Psychomotor skills
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Perform solubility enhancement tests by co- solvent method
b. Draw miscibility of solvents in binary and ternary systems
c. Prepare different pharmaceutical solution dosage forms perform dilution and
alligation of alcoholic solution

Course Contents:
 Fundamentals of Pharmaceutics.
 Mathematics: basic pharmaceutical principles.
 Fundamentals of measurement and calculation.
 .Isotonicity
 States of matter
 Intrduction into pharmaceutical solution dosage form
 syrups
 Elixires
 Stability of pharmaceuticals and basic chemical kinetics.
 Partitioning, diffusion and dissolution.

Practical Schedule:
 Introduction and general instructions:
 Laboratory safety and chemical hazardous.
 Dilution and alligation of alcoholic solutions
 Isotonic Preparations
 Solubility enhancement by co-solvent method
 Phenol-water system
 Miscibility of solvents
 Preparation of iodine&ferrous sulphate syrup
 Preparation of simple syrup & expectorant
 Preparation of elixir
 Chemical kinetics I.
 Chemical kinetics II

Teaching/learning methods and Contact Hours


Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact 30 28 - - - 58 hours
Hours

62
The following teaching strategies are used:
 Lectures
 Lab.

Assessment and grading plan:


Assessment method Proportion of Total
Assessment
1 Midterm I exam 15%
2 Mid-term II exam 15%
3 Practical exam 20%
4 Final exam 50%

Course outcomes and Assessment


Course outcome Method of Assessment
1 Outcome 1 W
2 Outcome 2 W
3 Outcome 3 W
4 Outcome 4 W

W: Written PB: Performance-Based AP: Assignment Project P:


Portfolio

List Required Textbooks


 Alfred Martin. Physical Pharmacy. Lea &Febiger, Philadelphia PA. Mitchell Stokiosa and
Howard Ansel. Pharmaceutical Calculations. Edition 14 (2012).
 Williams & Wilkins, Philadelphia, PA. Alfonso Gennaro, Remington: The Science and
Practice of Pharmacy, Williams & Wilkins, Baltimore, MD. Edition 22 (2012).
Electronic Materials
 Lexicomp Online Academic W/ AHFS .
 Facts& comparison bundle including trissels
 Marttidie; the complete drug reference
 Access pharmacy

63
Pharmacognosy
Course Name: Pharmacognosy ‫علم العقاقير‬ :‫اسم المقرر‬
Course Code & No.: PHC 215 ‫ كمص‬215 :‫ ورمزه‬:‫رقم المقرر‬
Credits:3 (2+1+0) 3 (2+1+0) :‫عدد الساعات المعتمدة‬
Prerequisite: PHC 103, PHC 122 ‫ كمص‬122 ،‫ كمص‬103 :‫المتطلب السابق‬
Level:3 3 :‫المستوى‬
Course Description (AIM):
Pharmacognosy course aims to provide the knowledge and understanding of the medicinal
plants and to encourage students to take a broad and continuing interest in medicinal plants
with emphasis to those available in the Saudi Arabia
Introduce the student to the different types of complementary and alternative medicine.

Course objectives:
This course aims to introduce students to:
 Know the modern concept and scope of pharmacognosy
 Understand the importance of natural products particularly medicinal plants as a
source of drugs.
 Be able to apply their basic background in pharmacognosy to identify powdered drugs
by microscopical examination.
Learning outcomes:
1. Knowledge
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Recognize and identify a wide range of medicinal plants, entire or dried
b. Know the active constituents of herbal drugs and understand their pharmacological
actions on the body
c. Know in detail the contraindications and incompatibilities of the studied medicinal
plants.
2. Cognitive skills
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Identify any plant tissue under the microscope.
b. Interpersonal skills & responsibility
c. Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
d. Apply the ethical and professional standard of ethics in the laboratory.
3. Communication, Information technology, Numerical
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Know in detail the toxicity and dosage range of the medicinal plants studied.
b. Perform effective communication and positive relation with others and be able to
work as an effective member in a team.
4. Psychomotor
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:

64
a. Aware of the influence of plant remedies on the psycho-social and spiritual aspects of
a patient's being.
Course Contents:
 Introduction to Pharmacognosy and medicinal plants
 Examines individual plant remedies and discusses their botanical, pharmacognostic
,pharmacological and therapeutic aspects, along with their indications in treatment,
contraindications and incompatibilities, including dosage for elderly patients and
children.
 The plants are discussed from a traditional therapeutic aspect and modern scientific
research and clinical experience is used to supplement and/or extend the
understanding of the plant as a medicinal remedy. Specific indications are studied, as
herb combinations and synergy. Examples of Leaf, herb, flower, seed, fruit, bark,
subterranean and unorganized drugs
 Complementary and Alternative systems of medical practice (CAM) [Introduction
,understanding how the body works, fields of practice and types].
Practical:
 How to examine powdered drug
 TLC profile of herbal drugs
 Leaf and herb drugs: Morphological and microscopical characters leaves and testing
the active constituents (one example). Identification of powdered leaves by
microscopical examination and TLC profile.
 Seed drugs: Morphological and microscopical characters seeds and testing the active
constituents (one example). Identification of powdered seeds by microscopical
examination and TLC profile.
 Fruit drugs: Morphological and microscopical characters fruits and testing the active
constituents (one example). Identification of powdered fruits by microscopical
examination and TLC profile.
 Bark drugs: Morphological and microscopical characters barks and testing the active
constituents (one example). Identification of powdered barks by microscopical
examination and TLC profile.
 Subterranean drugs: Morphological and microscopical characters subterranean drugs
and testing the active constituents (one example). Identification of powdered leaves
by chemical testing and TLC profile.

Teaching/ learning methods and contact hours

Lectur Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total


e

65
Contact 32 - 24 - - 56
Hours

The following teaching strategies are used:


 Lectures
 Laboratory work

Assessment and grading plan:


Assessment method Proportion of Total Assessment
1 Midterm 1 15%
2 Midterm 2 15%
3 Practical 15 %
4 Log Book 5%
5 Final exam 50 %

Course outcomes and Assessment


Course outcome Method of Assessment
1 Outcome 1 W
2 Outcome 2 W
3 Outcome 3 W
4 Outcome 4 W
5 Outcome 5 W
W: Written

Text Book(s):
 W.C. Evans, "Trease and Evans, PHARMACOGNOSY" 16th Edition, Bailliere
Tindall, London,Philadelphia, Toronto, Sydney, Tokyo (2009).
 WHO monographs on selected medicinal plants, World Health Organization,
Paperback
 Publisher, vol. 1, (1999)
 WHO monographs on selected medicinal plants, World Health Organization,
Paperback
 Publisher, vol. 2, (2002)
Additional suggested readings:
 AshtoshKar, Pharmacognosy and Pharmacobiotechnology, 1st edition, 2008, New Age
International (P) Ltd., Publishers.
 Gunnar Samuelsson. Drugs of Natural Origin. 4th. edition 1999. Swedish
Pharmaceutical press.
 J. Higgins, D.J. Best, J. Jones, "Biotechnology, Principles and Applications",
Blackwell ScientificPublications (1985).

66
 Harborne, J.B., "Phytochemical Methods", 3rd. ed., Chapma Hall, London, New York
(1998).
Electronic Materials:
 http://www.pharmacylibrary.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/public/about
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com/ss/About.aspx
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/ss/About.aspx
 www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/SNP/
 Encyclopedia of Medicinal Plants

Computers for Health Sciences

Course Name: Computers for Health ‫الحاسب اآللي للعلوم الصحية‬ :‫أسم لمقرر‬
Sciences
Course Code & No.: 216 PHP ‫ مصد‬216 :‫رقم المقرر و رمزه‬
Credits:2(2+0+1) 2(2+0+1) :‫عد الساعات المعتمدة‬
Prerequisite:135 MATH ‫ ريض‬135 :‫المتطلب لسابق‬
Level: 3 3 :‫المستوى‬

67
Course Description (AIM):
This course is designed to provide the student with knowledge about advanced computer
technology and its application in the healthcare field. It will also introduce the student to
technological innovations in healthcare informatics as a discipline, clinical decision-support
systems, medical expert systems, telemedicine, telepharmacy and Internet health applications.
The course will emphasize the use of computerized health information retrieval systems, the
advanced features of the Internet information resources, patient-related programs and data
manipulation software for application in profession -related tasks.

Objectives:
This course aims to introduce students to:
 Computer technology and its applications in the healthcare field
 Online search in medical, Pharmaceutical and other literature through the World Wide
Web (WWW).
 Technological advances in the healthcare and pharmaceutical field.
Learning Outcomes:

1. Knowledge
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Recognize the advanced computer tecnology and its application in the healthcare
field.
b. Describe the online resources and perform online search in medical, Pharmaceutical
and other literature through internet

2. Communication, Information Technology, Numerical


a. Demonstrate effective communication skills using various modes of professional
communication options available through internet in health care settings

Course Contents:
 Review of major software packages used in biomedical computing:
 Types of Software packages and their use in healthcare.
 Choosing and evaluating biomedical software.
 Use of Microsoft Office programs to create:
 Patient education materials (Brochures, pamphlets, etc)
 A presentation about one drug or disease.
 Create a health information website.
 Graphical representation of data:
 The use of plotting software (one or more of the following software can be used for
this purpose):
 Stanford Graphics

68
 Sigma Plot
 Graph Pad Prism
 Other free plotting software online.
 The use of chemistry structure drawing software (one or more of the following
software can be used for this purpose):
 ACDl ChemSketch
 CambridgeSoft ChemDraw
 Chemistry 3D Draw
 MDLISIS
 Substructure searchable chemical database software
 Statistical Analysis, data mining and questionnaires analysis: (one or more of the
following software can be used for this purpose):
 SPSS (must be used)
 SAS
 Systat
 S-Plus
 Microsoft Excel
 Simple Healthcare programs:
 Drug Interactions software
 Total Parenteral Nutrition PN)
 Pharmacokinetic modeling
 Inventory Control
 The Internet (advanced usage):
 Internet resources:
 Internet terminology.
 Educational resources on the Internet
 Medical, pharmaceutical and dental resources on the Internet
 Free Medical textbooks (Merck Manual, Clinical Pharmacology, etc.)
 Communication:
 Professional communication:
 E-mail, mailing lists, newsgroups.
 Health-related Discussion groups and forums.
 Inter-professional communication:
 Intranet
 Telemedicine and telepharmacy
 Health Websites:
 PubMed
 Medscape
 Health Information Retrieval and Digital Libraries
 Indexing and abstracting services.

69
 Factual databases.
 Information Retrieval
 Knowledge-based Information
 Retrieval
 Evaluation
 Digital Libraries
 Computerized Literature Search:
 MEDLINE Search:
 Major MEDLINE sites
 Search Strategies.
 Journals online.
 Cybernetics, Medical informatics and pharmacoinformatics:
 Artificial Intelligence (Al) programs (theory only).
 Examples of such programs: MYCIN, ONCOCIN, etc.
 Medical Expert Systems (MES) (theory and demonstration only).
 Clinical Decision Support Systems (CDSS): CDSS Examples, Explain (demo)
 Clinical simulations (demonstrations)
 Experimental technologies, such as virtual reality systems (demonstrations)
 Electronic patient record
 Medical Imaging (Theory only + field visit + presentations)
 Ultrasound
 Radiology
 CT Scan
 Healthcare financial systems
 MediSoft
 Practisoft
 Students' Presentations on selected topics of the course.

Teaching/learning methods and Contact Hours

Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total


Contact
30 15 - - - 45 hours
Hours

The following teaching strategies are used:


 Lectures
 Tutorials

Assessment and grading plan:

70
Required Textbooks Proportion of Total
Assessment method
 Van Bemmel JH, Musen MA (editors). Handbook of Medical Assessment Informatics. 1997
1 Mid-term I exam 20%
Heidelberg, Germany. Springer. [Portions of the Handbook are available on the website
2 Mid-term II exam
at http://www.mihandbook.stanford.edu/handbook/home.html 20%
3Additional
Finalsuggested
exam readings: 60%
 Shortliffe EH, Fagan LM, Wiederhold G, Perreault LE. Medical Informatics: Computer
applications in healthcare and biomedicine. 2000. Springer Verlag ISBN: 0387984720.
 Course
Davis MW.
outcomeComputerizing healthcare information. 1St. edition. 1998.ofMcGraw-Hill
Method Assessment
1 Publishing
Outcome 1 Co. ISBN: 0070159467. W
2Recommended
Outcome 2Textbooks and Reference Material W
3  Outcome
Degoulet3P, Fieschi M. Introduction to Clinical lnformatics, 1997.
W ISBN: 0387946411
4Electronic Materials
Outcome 4 W

Course Outcomes and Assessment

W: Written PB: Performance Based AP: Assignment Project P: Portfolio

71
Online resources available at:
 http://www.library.qu.edu.sa/Pages/default.aspx
 http://www.pharmacylibrary.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/public/about
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com/ss/About.aspx
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/ss/About.aspx
 http://search.proquest.com/

Pharmacy Practice

Course Name: Pharmacy Practice ‫ الممارسة الصيدلية‬:‫اسم المقرر‬


Course Code & No.: 217 PHP ‫ مصد‬217 :‫رقم المقرر ورمزه‬
Credits:2(2+0+0) 2(2+0+0) :‫عدد الساعات المعتمدة‬
Prerequisite:120PHP ‫ مصد‬120 :‫المتطلب السابق‬
Level:3 3 :‫المستوى‬

Course Description (AIM):


This course is designed to introduce the student to the various roles played by pharmacists In
hospital and community settings, and the ways in which drugs are compared, selected, and
used in the health care environment. The course also presents comprehensive principles of
contemporary institutional pharmacy operation systems (e.g., a unit dose drug distribution

72
system, etc). The course will emphasize the challenges that face pharmacy practice and the
Impact of automation in hospital and community pharmacies.

Objectives:
 Concept of pharmaceutical care and role of a pharmacist working in any of the
specialist areas.
 Processes of drug use evaluation and the various drugs information sources available
to the evaluation and comparison of therapies in individual patients.
 Pharmacy policies and procedures in the healthcare settings and the principles and
procedures of drugs manufacture and supply.

Learning outcomes
1. Knowledge
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Define the meaning of pharmaceutical care.
b. Describe the various drugs information sources available to the evaluation and
comparison of therapies.
c. Define the principles and procedures of drugs manufacture and supply as they apply
to pharmacy practice.
2. Cognitive Skills
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Analyze pharmacy policies and procedures in the healthcare setting (e.g., the
formulary management system, clinical practice guidelines and the application of
technology innovation in drug distribution and drug information).

3. Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility


Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Demonstrate the role of a pharmacist working in a Community pharmacy
b. Demonstrate the role of a pharmacist working in a Hospital pharmacy

4. Communication, Information Technology, Numerical


Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Demonstrate ability to work in group and take responsibility for self-learning.

Course Contents:

 Distinctions between various roles of the pharmacist in the healthcare system


 Roles of the community pharmacist as a healthcare provider
 Roles of the pharmacist in the hospital
 Roles of the pharmacist in the pharmaceutical industry
 Medication Distribution Systems in the hospital
 Pharmacy automation

73
 Repacking of Pharmaceuticals
 Inventory Control and Drug Supply
 Medication Management (Pharmacy and Therapeutics Committee and Formulary
system)
 Hospital Pharmacy practice standards. The policy and procedure manual
 Intravenous Admixture systems and aseptic dispensing
 Medication safety and Adverse Drug Reaction Monitoring
 Pharmacist managed clinics + DPIC
 Investigational Drugs in the hospital

Teaching/learning methods and Contact Hours

Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total


Contact 30 hrs. - - - - 30 hrs.
Hours
Credit 30 hrs. - - - - 30 hrs.

The following teaching strategies are used:


 Lectures

Assessment and grading plan:

Assessment method Proportion of Total


Assessment
1 Mid-term I exam 15%
2 Mid-term 2 exam 15%
3 Presentation 5%
4 Report 5%
5 Final exam 60%

Course outcomes and Assessment


Course outcome Method of Assessment
1 Outcome 1 W
2 Outcome 2 W
3 Outcome 3 W
4 Outcome 4 W, AP, PB

W: Written, PB: Performance-Based, AP: Assignment Project.

74
Required Textbooks
 Thomas R. Brown (Editor). Handbook of Institutional Pharmacy Practice. 3rd edition
(1992).AmerSoc of Health System Pharmacists.
 Judith E. Thompson, Kroonm Thompson (Editors). A Practical Guide to Contemporary
Pharmacy Practice. 1st edition (1998). Lipplncott, Williams & Wilkins.
 Lilian M. Azzopardi, Lilian M. Asuopardi. Validation Instruments for Community
Pharmacy: Pharmaceutical Care for the Third Millennium. (2000). Haworth Press.
 Ben J Whalley, et al. (Editors). Foundation in Pharmacy Practice Practice. 1st edition
(2008). Pharmaceutical Press.
Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material
 Robert J. Cipolle, Peter C. Moriey, Linda M. Strand (Editors) Pharmaceutical Care
Practice. (1998). McGraw-Hill Professional.
 John P. Rovers (Editor), Harry P. Hagel, Jay D. Cume. Practical Guide to
Pharmaceutical Care. (2002). APhA Publications.
 Best Practices for Heafth-System Pharmacy: Positions & Guidance Documents of
ASHP. 2003-2004.
 American Society of Health-System Pharmacists.
Electronic Materials
 http://www.library.qu.edu.sa/Pages/default.aspx
 http://www.pharmacylibrary.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/public/about
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com/ss/About.aspx
75
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/ss/About.aspx
 http://search.proquest.com/
General Immunology

Course Name: General Immunology ‫علم المناعة العام‬ :‫إسم المقرر‬


Course Code & No.: 218 PHG ‫ دوي‬218 :‫رقم المقرر ورمزه‬
Credits:2 (2+0+0) 2(2+0+0) :‫عدد الساعات المعتمدة‬
Prerequisite:106BIOL ‫ حين‬106 :‫ السابق‬:‫المتطلب‬
Level:3 3 :‫المستوى‬

Course description (AIM):


This is an introductory course on basic principles of immunology, focusing on the cellular
and molecular processes involved in innate (non-specific) immunity and adaptive (specific)
immunity. It expands the descriptions of the main elements of immunity, immune responses,
development of immune cells, interactions between humoral and cell mediated immunity, and
pathology resulting from immune responses.

Objectives:
 To provide knowledge based curriculum for understanding of immune system
 To specify the role of immune system in infection and inflammation
 To relate and apply knowledge gained for understanding selected immuno-
pathological disorders

Learning outcomes:

1. Knowledge:
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Gain perspective on immunology's historical foundations.
b. Understand the basic structural and functional components of the immune system

76
c. Acquire knowledge on the immunological role of vaccines
d. Gain the basic knowledge necessary to understand the three pathways of complement
activationand MHC classes.
e. Understand the role of cytokines in immune response.
f. Identify different classes of immunoglobulins and its individual function.
2. Cognitive Skills:
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Apply basic principles of immune system for understanding of different
immunological disorders; autoimmunity, hypersensitivity and immunodeficiency
b. Relate the role of immunoglobulins, complement system and cytokines in
transplantation immunology and immunosuppression therapy.

Course Contents:
 Introduction and overview of the immune system
 Lymphoid system and cells of the immune system
 Innate and Adaptive Immunity
 Immune response and control mechanisms
 Immunoglobulin structure and function
 Antigen-Antibody interaction
 MHC classes and HLA System
 Complement System
 Cytokines
 Transplantation Immunology and Immunosuppression therapy
 Immunological disorders:
 Hypersensitivity
 Autoimmunity
 Immunodeficiency
 Immunity to Infection
 Vaccines (manipulation of the immune response)

Teaching/learning methods and Contact hours

Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total


Contact
30 30
Hours
Credit 2 2

The following teaching strategies are used:


 Lectures/Class-based

77
Assessment and grading plan:

S.no. Assessment method Proportion of Total Assessment


1 Mid-term I 20%
2 Mid-term II 20%
3 Final Exam 60%

Course outcome and Assessment


S.no. Course Outcome Method of Assessment
1 Outcome-1 W
2 Outcome-2 W

W: Written; PB: Performance based; AP: Assignment project; P: Portfolio

Required Textbooks
 R.A. Goldsby, T. J. Kindt, BA. Osborne, Kuby Immunology, Fourth edition, 2003. W.
H. Freeman & Co., New York.
 Janeway, C., Travers, P. Walport, M., and Capra, J., ImmunoBiology, Eight edition,
2012. Garland Publishing, Inc., NY.
 Coico, R., G. Sunshine and E. Benjamini. Immunology: A Short Course. Fifth edition.
2003. Wiley-Uss Pubs.
 Abul K. Abbas, Andrew H. Lichtman and Shiv Pillai, Cellular and Molecular
Immunology, Seventh Edition, 2012. Elsevier Saunders.
Recommended textbooks and Reference material
 Morgan B.P. Complement Clinical Aspects and Relevance to Disease. 1991.
Academic Press, London.
 Ravetch J.V. & Bolland S. lgG Fc receptors. Annual Review of Immunology 19,
275.2001.
 Amigorena S. & Bonnerot C. Fc receptor signaling and trafficking: a connection for
antigen processing. Immunological Reviews 172, 279.1999.
 Hennecke J. & Wiley D.C. T-cell receptor-MHC interactions up close. Cell 104,
1.2001.
 Cyster J.G., Chemokines and cell migration in secondary lymphoid organs. Science
286, 2098.1999.
 Jenkins M.K., Khoruts A., Ingulli E. et al In-vivo activation of antigen-specific CD4
T-cells. Annual Review of Immunology 19, 23.2001.
 Buckley R.H. Advances in immunology: primary immunodeficiency diseases due to
defects in lymphocytes. New England Journal of Medicine 343, 1313.2000.
Electronic Materials

78
Online resources available at:
 http://www.library.qu.edu.sa/Pages/default.aspx
 http://www.pharmacylibrary.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/public/about
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com/ss/About.aspx
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/ss/About.aspx
 http://search.proquest.com/

Biochemistry-II

Course Name: Biochemistry-II 2-‫الكيمياء الحيوية‬ :‫إسم المقرر‬


Course Code & No.: PHG 220 220 ‫دوى‬ :‫ ورمزه‬:‫رقم المقرر‬
Credits:3(2+1+0) 3(2+1+0) :‫عدد الساعات المعتمدة‬
Prerequisite: PHG 210 210 ‫دوى‬ :‫ السابق‬:‫المتطلب‬
Level:4 4 :‫المستوى‬

Course Description (AIM):


This course is concerned with the study of glycolysis, gluconeogenesis and other metabolic
pathways of carbohydrates. Regulation of blood glucose level will also be discussed. It is also
deals with lipids and proteins metabolism such as triglycerides and non-essential amino acids
biosynthesis respectively. An overview of the inborn errors of amino acids metabolism and
minerals found in humans.

Objectives:
Upon successful completion of this course, the following objectives should be covered:
 The metabolism of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins and minerals.
 Clinical correlations and the action of certain therapeutic as well as toxic agents are
explained, whenever possible.
 Much of the laboratory is devoted to the determination of blood biochemical
parameters.

Learning outcomes:
1. Knowledge:
Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
a. Outline the process of digestion and absorption of carbohydrates, lipids and proteins.
Describe the Embden-Myerhof glycolytic pathway, its regulation and the pathway of
glycogen biosynthesis and degradation. State the main functions of the pentose
phosphate pathway.
b. Describe the structures of fatty acids, fatty acid activation and β-oxidation, fatty acid
biosynthesis by fatty acid syntheses multienzyme complex and the pathways for
triglyceride biosynthesis.

79
c. Recognize ketone body metabolism, the pathways for glycerolipid, sphingolipid,
cholesterol and bile salt biosynthesis. Describe pathways for chylomicrons, VLDL,
LDL and HDL metabolism.
d. List the five classes of steroid hormones, ten non-essential amino acid and describe
their biosynthesis. Describe the reactions of urea cycle, the elements found in humans
and their functions.
2. Cognitive skills:
Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

a. Summarize the glycolytic bypass reactions of gluconeogenesis and its regulation, the
enzyme defects that produce glycogen storage diseases.
b. Explain how blood glucose level is regulated.
c. Summarize the fate of carbon skeleton of amino acids. Interpret the inborn errors of
amino add metabolism.
3. Psychomotor and communication skills:
Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:

a. Examine blood biochemical parameters such as glucose, cholesterol and totalprotein


levels.
Course Contents:
 Metabolism of carbohydrates.
 Glycolysis.
 Glycogen biosynthesis and degradation.
 Gluconeogenesis.
 Pentose phosphate pathway.
 Regulation of blood glucose level.
 Metabolism of lipids.
 Digestion and absorption of lipids.
 Fatty acid oxidation.
 Ketone body metabolism.
 Triglycerides biosynthesis.
 Complex lipid metabolism.
 Lipoprotein metabolism.
 Cholesterol metabolism.
 Metabolism of proteins.
 Digestion and absorption of proteins.
 Biosynthesis of non-essential amino acids.
 Urea cycle.
 Fate of carbon skeleton of amino acids.
 Inborn errors of amino acid metabolism.
 Minerals.

80
 Abundant minerals found in humans.
 Trace minerals found in humans.

Practical sessions:
 Introduction
 Safety procedures and sampling
 Basic instrumentation
 Standard solutions for biochemistry
 Qualitative estimation of chemical constituents
 Quantitative estimation of plasma glucose
 Quantitative estimation of plasma cholesterol
 Quantitative estimation of plasma protein
 Quantitative estimation of blood hemoglobin
 Quantitative estimation of plasma glutamate pyruvate transaminase (GPT)
 Quantitative estimation of plasma glutamate oxaloacetate transaminase (GOT)
 Quantitative estimation of plasma alkaline phosphatase (ALP)
 Quantitative estimation of plasma glucose in different samples
 Quantitative estimation of plasma total protein in different samples

Teaching/learning methods and Contact Hours


Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact Hours 30 - - 30 - 60 hours

The following teaching strategies are used:


 Lectures
 Practical sessions
Assessment and grading plan:
Assessment method Proportion of Total
Assessment
1 Mid-term 1 test 15%
2 Mid-term 2 test 15%
3 Practical Examination 20%
4 Final examination 50%
Course outcomes and Assessment
Course outcome Method of Assessment
1 Outcome 1 W
2 Outcome 2 W
3 Outcome 3 W, PB

81
Required Textbooks
 Devlin, T.M. Biochemistry with Clinical Correlations. Latest edition. John Wiley and
Sons, Inc.
 Marks, D.B. Biochemistry. Latest edition. Williams and Wilkins.
 Champe, P.C., Harvey, RA. Biochemistry J.B. Latest edition. Lippincott Company.
Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material
 Robert K. Murray et al. Harper's illustrated biochemistry. Twenty-sixth edition,
McGraw-Hill Companies
Electronic Materials
Online resources available at:
 http://www.library.qu.edu.sa/Pages/default.aspx
 http://www.pharmacylibrary.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/public/about
 http://www.pubmed.com

W: Written PB: Performance-Based AP: Assignment Project P:


Portfolio

Physiology-II

82
Course Name: Physiology-Il 2 -‫علم وظائف األعضاء‬: ‫إسم المقرر‬
Course Code & No.: 222 PHG ‫دوي‬٢٢٢‫رقمالمقرر‬

Credits: 2(2+0+0) (0+0+2(2: ‫عدد الساعات‬


Prerequisite: 211PHG ‫دوي‬٢١١: ‫المتطلب‬
Level: 4 4:‫المستوى‬

Course Description:
This course is designed to build upon the concepts and principles taught in pathophyiosolgy-
I. This course includes the pathophysiological basis of electrolyte disturbances, calcium
metabolic disorders, diseases of the endocrine, reproductive and central nervous systems.

Objectives:
 This course describes the physiological aspects of respiratory,renal, digestive and
central nervous systems

Learning Outcomes:

1. Knowledge:
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:

a. Describe the functions of different organs of respiratory system and their regulation of
function.
b. Describe the functions of different organs of digestive system and regulation of its
functions.
c. Describe the functions of different organs of renal system and regulation of its
functions.
d. Describe the functions of different organs of nervous system and regulation of its
functions.
2. Cognitive skills:
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:

a. Differentiate the digestion and absorption of carbohydrates, lipids and proteins.


b. Compare the location and functions of the sensory cortex and motor cortex.
c. Describe the flow of blood in the liver and to explain the significance of the
enterohepatic circulation.

Course Contents:
 The respiratory system (structure and function).
 Lung volumes and capacities.
 Mechanism of respiration.
 Regulation of respiration.

83
 Oxygen transport in the blood.
 Carbon dioxide transport in the blood.
 Hypoxia and cyanosis.
 The urinary system (structure and function).
 Mechanism of urine production and clearance.
 The renal glomeruli and glomerular filtration rate.
 The proximal convoluted tubules.
 The loops of Henle.
 Distal convoluted tubules and collecting ducts.
 Regulation of acid-base balance.
 Micturition.
 Clinical applications (use of diuretics, renal function tests and kidney disease).
 Introduction to the digestive system (functions, structure and innervations of the
gastrointestinal tract).
 Mouth and esophagus.
 Stomach.
 Small intestine.
 Large intestine.
 The pancreas.
 Bile and gallbladder.
 The liver function.
 Neural and endocrine regulation of the digestive system.
 Digestion and absorption of carbohydrates, lipids and proteins.
 Structural organization of the brain.
 Cerebrum
 Diencephalon.
 Midbrain and hindbrain.
 Spinal cord tracts.
 Cranial and spinal nerves

.
Teaching/learning methods and Contact hours
Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact Hours 30 30
Credit 2 2

The following teaching strategies are used:

84
 Lectures
 Labs
Assessment and grading plan:
S.No. Assessment method Proportion of Total Assessment
1 Mid-term I 20%
2 Mid-term II 20%
3 Final Exam 60%

Course outcome and Assessment


S.no. Course Outcome Method of Assessment
1 Outcome-1 W
2 Outcome-2 W

W: Written; PB: Performance based; AP: Assignment project; P: Portfolio

Text Book(s):
 Guyton, A.C. and Hall, J.E. Textbook of Medical Physiology. Latest edition. W.B.
SaundersCompany. Philadelphia.
Electronic Materials
Online resources available at:
 http://www.library.qu.edu.sa/Pages/default.aspx
 http://www.pharmacylibrary.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/public/about
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com/ss/About.aspx
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/ss/About.aspx
 http://search.proquest.com/

85
Medicinal Chemistry-I

Course Name :Medicinal Chemistry-I 1-‫الكيمياء الدوائية‬ :‫إسم المقرر‬


Course Code & No.: PHC 225 ‫ كمص‬225 :‫رقم المقرر ورمزه‬
Credits:3(2+1+0) 3(2+1+0) :‫ المعتمدة‬:‫عدد الساعات‬
Prerequisite: PHC 122 and PHC 124 ‫ كمص‬124‫ كمص‬122. :‫ السابق‬:‫المتطلب‬
Level:4 4 :‫المستوى‬

Course Description (AIM):

This course will handle the relationship of chemical structure to biological activity and the
general structural features required for a specific mechanism of action. Topics of discussion
will include the effects of molecular modifications on receptor binding, distribution and
metabolism as they relate to clinical response. Although the course outline reflects a
pharmacological classification, the material covered will deal principally with the chemical,
structure and biophysical properties as related to drug action at the molecular level and will
relate to therapeutic use.

Objectives:

 Understand thebiological activity relationship with physicochemical properties of a


drug molecule.
 Understand the metabolic process and, factors involved in metabolism of a drug
 Uderstand the drug discovery and, elements govering it

Course learning outcomes:

1. Knowledge:
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Describe how drug functions at the molecular level.
b. Demonstarte ability to know how to carry out a rational approch to drug design.
c. Describe and, corelate the structure activity & quantitative structure activity
relationships (SAR & QSAR)

2. Cognitive Skills
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Estimate the metabolic process and, factors involved in metabolism of a drug and,
their implication in retro-metabolic drug design.
b. Explain the relationships between physicochemical properties of drug, prodrug and,
their biological activity.

3. Communication, Information Technology, Numerical

86
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Calculate the active ingredient in pharmaceutical forms.

4. Psychomoter
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Perform preparation, identification of some important medicinal agents.

Course Contents:
 Introduction (sources of drugs, nomenclature of drugs, and classification of drugs).
Drug action (pharmaceutical phase which includes cell membrane structure, transfer
of drugs through membrane , pharmacokinetic phase which includes ADME,
pharmacodynamic phase which includes receptors and drug receptor interactions)
 Physicochemical principle of drug action (drug solubility and distribution, partition
coefficient, ionization, pH, pKa, the Hansch approach, Hammett equation, Taft
equation (QSAR)).
 Metabolic changes of drugs (phase I, Phase II). Drug latentiation and prodrugs
(carrier-linked and bioprecursor prodrugs). Chemical delivery system. Receptors
and drug action (historic perspectives, receptor locations, receptor subtypes, affinity:
the role of chemical bonding, rationale for the receptor site concept, interaction
between drugs and receptor site, biologic response to drug-receptor interactions).
 Structural features and pharmacologic activity (optical isomerism and pharmacologic
activity, geometric isomerism and pharmacologic activity, conformational isomerism
and pharmacologic activity, isosterism and pharmacological activity).
 Drug development & drug discovery (search for a lead compound, optimization of a
lead compound, preclinical trials, clinical trials,
 Combinatorial chemistry and solid-phase synthesis, computer –aided drug design).

Practicals
 To Run TLC (Thin Layer Chromatography) of an Organic Compound’s Sample.
 To Use Chemistry Software ChemDraw/ACD for Structure Drawing & Molecular
 Properties Estimation
 To Synthesize Benzoic Acid.
 To Estimate the Partition Coefficient of an Organic Compound/Drug Sample.
 To Measure Optical Rotation [α ]D of a Known Organic Compound’s Sample.
 To Measure the Optical Rotation [α ]D of an Unknown Sample.
 To Determine Calcium Ions Content in a Pharmaceutical Formulation by
 Chelometric Estimation.
 To DetermineMagnesium Ions Content in an Antacid Formulation by
 Complexometric Analysis.
 To Synthesize of Boric Acid from Borax.
 To Determine the Contents of Boric Acid in Eye Drop Sample.

87
 To Synthesize Hexamine.
 To Synthesis Fluorescein from Resorcinol and, PHThalic Anhydride
 To Synthesize Tetra-Bromo Fluorescein.
 To Synthesize a Chalcone Derivative.
 To Determine the Rate of Hydrolysis of Sucrose Sample Catalyzed by a DiluteHCl
Solution

Teaching/learning methods and Contact Hours


Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact 30 - - 30 - 60 hours
Hours

The following teaching strategies are used:


 Lectures
 Practical session
Assessment and grading plan
Assessment method Proportion of Total
Assessment
1 Mid-term I exam 15%%
2 Midterm II exam 15%
3 Practical Exam 15%
4 Log Book 5%
5 Final exam 50%
Course outcomes and Assessment
Course outcome Method of Assessment
1 Outcome 1 Written
2 Outcome 2 Written
3 Outcome 3 Written
4 Outcome 4 Written
5 Outcome 5 Practical
6 Outcome 6 Practical

88
Required Textbooks
 G. Thomas: Medicinal Chemistry: An introduction. John Wiley & Sons, Ltd
 Jaime N. Delgado,G.Patrick, An introduction to Medicinal Chemistry.
 Wilson and Gisvold's Textbook of Organic, Medicinal and Pharmaceutical Chemistry,
Lippincott-Raven Publishers, Philadelphia- New York
Casebooks:
 Greta K. Gourley, James M. Holt (Editors) Casebook for Textbook of Therapeutics:
Drug and disease management. 7th edition (2000). Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
Publishers.
 Terry L. Schwlnghammer1 Joseph Dipiro, Robert Talbert, Gary Yee, Gary Matzke1
Barbara G. Wells, L. Michael Posey (Editors). Pharmacotherapy Casebook. 5th
edition (2002). McGraw Hil Appleton & Lange.
Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material
 Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, A. Gennaro, Mack Publishing Co: Eaton,
Pennsylvania. Drug Action, E Mutscher, CRC press
 Foye's Principles of Medicinal chemistry, David A. Williams, Lippincott: New York
 Burger's Medicinal Chemistry and Drug Discovery: Drug Discovery and Drug
Development, Donald J. Abraham, John Wiley & Sons, Inc
Electronic Materials
Online resources available at:
 www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/SNP/
 Advanced Chemistry Development, ACD labs, Canada
 ChemDraw
 HyperChem, Gainesville, FL, USA.
 Discovery Software by Accelrys Inc., CA, USA
 Spartan Software, USA
 Lexicomp Online Acaemic W/ AHFS.
 Facts & Comparison Bundle including Trissel"s.
 Martindail: The Complete Drug Reference.
 Access Pharmacy.

89
Pharmacology I

Course Name: Pharmacology-I ١- ‫علم األدوية‬ :‫اسم المقرر‬


Course Code & No.: 224 PHG ‫ دوي‬225 :‫رقم المقرر ورمزه‬
Credits:4 (3+1+0) 4 (3+1+0) :‫عدد الساعات المعتمدة‬
Prerequisite:210 PHG ‫دوي‬٢١٠ :‫المتطلب السابق‬
Level:4 4 :‫المستوى‬

Course Description (AIM):


This course is designed to introduce the students to the general principles of pharmacology with
regard to the general pharmacological terms, sources of drugs, routes of drugs’ administration,
process and stages of drug development, safety, pharmacokinetics (absorption, distribution,
metabolism and excretion) and pharmacodynamics (drug interaction with receptors and the
resulting effect). It also explains the autonomic nervous system (ANS), its divisions, and
neurotransmitters for each division, the agonists and antagonists affecting ANS. It introduces the
concepts of efficacy, potency and dose-dependent responses of drugs. The practical part of the
course exposes the students to visually observe what is taught in the theory, using isolated tissues
and common laboratory animals, that reinforces the concept and understanding of a topic.

Objectives:
The course aims to introduce students to: the basic principles of pharmacology, definition of
drugs and sources of drugs the process of the development of drugs, from preclinical to clinical
trials stages and the approval process by regulatory agencies various terminologies used in the
development and uses of drugs, such as agonist and antagonist and how drugs act with
macromolecules (receptors) in the body to produce effects the pharmacokinetic and
pharmacodynamics aspects of drugs in the body introduce to the autonomic nervous system, its
divisions, cholinergic and adrenergic receptors, cholinergic and adrenergic agonists and
antagonists, and their uses in different diseases with hands-on experience in the lab to reinforce
the theoretical concepts of the course

Learning outcomes:

1. Knowledge
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:

90
a. Discuss the scientific meanings of various pharmacological terms such as potency,
efficacy, ED50, tachyphylaxis, tolerance, agonists, antagonists, idiosyncrasy... etc.
b. State the factors that influence the variability of drugs actions.
c. Describe the medical uses of drugs that stimulate or inhibit various cholinoceptors and
adrenoceptors.

2. Cognition
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Defend selective and judicious use of drugs in diseases involving muscarinic and
nicotinic receptors
b. Infer the differences between drugs acting as competitive and non-competitive; reversible
and irreversible autonomic receptors blockers.
c. Develop the clinical use of drugs acting as agonists and antagonists on cholinergic and
adrenergic receptors to treat various diseases.

3. Interpersonal Skills
a. Be able to interact amicably with peers, pay attention, participate and discuss the nuances
of the experiments conducted in the lab

4. Psychomotor Skills
a. Demonstrate skills to conduct an experiment on isolated tissues and intact animals, and
be able to evaluate and interpret the results obtained from such experiments

Course Contents:
 Introduction to pharmacology
 Sources of drugs.
 Definitions of pharmacological terms.
 Drug development, Safety, Adverse Drug Reactions, ED50, LD50 and Therapeutic index
 Drug-drug interactions
 Pharmacokinetics: Absorption, Distribution, Metabolism and Excretion
 Pharmacodynamics: Drug-receptor interaction, Signal transduction, dose-response
relationship, graded and quantal dose response, efficacy and potency
 Autonomic Nervous System (ANS)
 Cholinergic agonists (Cholinomimetic drugs)
 Cholinergic antagonists
 Adrenergic agonists
 Adrenergic antagonists

91
Experiments in lab
 Basic instruments used in experimental pharmacology
 Introduction to powerlab data acquisition system
 D.R.C. Of ach on rat smooth muscle using cummulative doses
 D.R.C. Of ach on rat smooth muscle using arithmetic doses
 D.R.C. Of ach on rat smooth muscle using logarithmic doses
 Study of muscarinic antagonist on ach d.r.c. Using rat colon
 Study of indirect agonist on ach d.r.c. Using rat colon
 Study the effect of unknown drug on ach d.r.c. Using rat colon
 Study of drugs on the ciliary motility on frog oesophagus
 Study of drugs on rabbits eye
Teaching/learning methods and Contact hours
Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other Total
Contact Hours 45 30 75
Credit 3 1 4

The following teaching strategies are used:


 Lectures
 Practical sessions

Assessment and grading plan:


S.no. Assessment method Proportion of Total Assessment
1 Mid-term I 15%
2 Mid-term II 15%
3 Practical Exam 20%
4 Final Exam 50%

Course outcome and Assessment


S.no. Course Outcome Method of Assessment
1 Outcome-1 W
2 Outcome-2 W
3 Outcome-3 W
4 Outcome-4 PB

W: Written; PB: Performance based; AP: Assignment project; P: Portfolio

92
Required Textbooks
 Laurence L.Brunton (eds.): Goodman and Gilman's Pharmacological Basis of
Therapeutics, 12th. Edition, 2011, McGraw-Hill, New York.ISBN-13: 978-
0071624428 ISBN-10:0071624422
 Bertram G. Katzung, Susan B. Masters and Anthony J. Trevor (eds). Basic and Clinical
Pharmacology, 12th Edition, 2012, McGraw Hill Lang, New York.
Recommended textbooks and Reference material
 Lippincott Illustrated Reviews: Pharmacology (Lippincott Illustrated Reviews Series). 6th
Ed. 2014. Williams and Wilkins Publisher Co., N.Y.
 Pelletier, Catherine: Lange Smart Charts Pharmacology 2/E Paperback,August 5, 2015.
Electronic Materials
 http://www.library.qu.edu.sa/Pages/default.aspx
 http://www.pharmacylibrary.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/public/about
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com/ss/About.aspx
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/ss/About.aspx
 http://search.proquest.com/

93
Molecular Pharmacology

Course Name: Molecular Pharmacology ‫علم األدوية الجزيئي‬ :‫إسم المقرر‬


Course Code & No.: 225 PHG ‫ دوي‬225 :‫رقم المقرر ورمزه‬
Credits:2(2+0+0) 2(2+0+0) :‫عدد الساعات المعتمدة‬
Prerequisite:106BIOL ‫ حين‬106 :‫المتطلب السابق‬
Level:4 4 :‫المستوى‬

Course Description (AIM):


The course deals with the molecular aspects of biological membranes, organic cation and anion
transport through them and how it is affected by the drugs. It also deals with the pharmacological
aspects of neurotransmitters and other endogenous substances, their interactions with their
respective receptors and the resulting effects in the body. The dynamic nature of receptors during
health and disease and the effect of drugs resulting in up-regulation or down-regulation of their
targeted receptors is also discussed.

Objectives:
Upon successful completion of this course, the following objectives should be covered:
 The molecular assembly of biological membranes and cell walls and the passage of
molecules and ions across them. Study the molecular nature of ion channels as drug
targets.
 The molecular aspects of the action of neurotransmitters and other endogenous
molecules.
 The different types and subtypes of the receptors of these neurotransmitters.
 The role of neurotransmitters in health and disease states and the basis behind drug
treatment and to appreciate the diversity of chemical classes of drugs used to treat a
particular disease state.

Learning outcomes:

1. Knowledge:
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Outline the molecular aspects of biological membranes, organic cation and anion
transport through them and how it is affected by the drugs.

94
b. Outline the pharmacological aspects of neurotransmitters and other endogenous
substances, their interactions with their respective receptors and the resulting effects in
the body.
c. Describe the dynamic nature of receptors during health and disease.
d. Describe the effect of drugs resulting in up-regulation or down-regulation of their
targeted receptors.

2. Cognitive skills:
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Differentiate between the dynamic nature of receptors during health and disease.
b. Explain the pharmacological aspects of neurotransmitters and other endogenous
substances, their interactions with their respective receptors and the resulting effects in
the body.
c. Compare the effect of drugs resulting in up-regulation or down-regulation of their
targeted receptors

Course Contents:
 Introduction: General concepts and functions of biological membranes.
 General concepts of receptors and their classifications.
 Cholinergic receptors, their natural ligands and their synthesis.
 Adrenergic receptors, their natural ligands and their synthesis.
 Dopaminergic receptors, their natural ligands and their synthesis.
 Serotoninergic receptors, their natural ligands and their synthesis.
 Gamma Aminobutyric Acid receptors, their natural ligands and their synthesis
 Histamine receptors, their natural ligands and their synthesis.
 MAO enzymes, their natural substrates and their synthesis.
 Sodium ion channels and drugs affecting them.
 Calcium ion channels and drugs affecting them.
 Chloride ion channels and Coupled sodium/chloride ion channels and drugs affecting
them.
 Membrane-bound ATPases: Such as Na+,K+- ATPase (Cardiac glycosides), H+,K+-
ATPase.

95
Teaching/learning methods and Contact hours
Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact
30 30
Hours
Credit 2 2

The following teaching strategies are used:


 Lectures
Assessment and grading plan:
S.no. Assessment method Proportion of Total Assessment
1 Mid-term I 20%
2 Mid-term II 20%
3 Final Exam 60%

Course outcome and Assessment


S.no. Course Outcome Method of Assessment
1 Outcome-1 W
2 Outcome-2 W

W: Written; PB: Performance based; AP: Assignment project; P: Portfolio

Required Textbooks
 Williams and Lemke, Foye's Principles of Medicinal Chemistry 15th. Edition, 2002.
Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.
 Wilson and Gisvold's. Textbook Of Medicinal and Pharmaceutical Chemistry, Latest
edition. Lippincott Company.
 G. Thomas. Medicinal Chemistry: An Introduction, 2000. John Wiley & Sons Ltd.,
England.
 Wingard, Brady, Lamer & Schwartz, Human Pharmacology: Molecular to Clinical, 1991
.Mosby Yearbook.
 Graham L. Patrick. An Introduction to Medicinal Chemistry, 1995. Oxford University
Press.
 Rang and Dale. Pharmacology 7th edition. 2012. Elsevier.
 Lippincott's illustrated Reviews: Pharmacology, 4th Ed. 2008. Williams and Wilkins
Publisher Co., N.Y
Recommended textbooks and Reference material
 Stone, T.W. CNS Neurotransmitters and Neuromodulators, Neuroactive steroids. 1996,

96
Barnes and Noble.
 Rang and Dale. Pharmacology 7th edition. 2012. Elsevier.
 Lippincott's illustrated Reviews: Pharmacology, 4th Ed. 2008. Williams and Wilkins
Publisher Co., N.Y
Electronic Materials
Online resources available at:
 http://www.library.qu.edu.sa/Pages/default.aspx
 http://www.pharmacylibrary.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/public/about
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com/ss/About.aspx
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/ss/About.aspx
 http://search.proquest.com/

97
Pharmaceutics-II
Course Name: Pharmaceutics-II 2-‫الصيدالنيات‬ :‫اسم المقرر‬
Course Code & No.: 223 PHT ‫ صيد‬223 :‫رقم المقرر ورمزه‬
Credits:3(2+1+0) 3(2+1+0) :‫عدد الساعات المعتمدة‬
Prerequisite:212PHT, 135MATH ‫ ريض‬135 ،‫ صيد‬212 :‫المتطلب السابق‬
Level:4 4 :‫المستوى‬

Course Description (AIM):


This course provides an understanding of various dosage forms and drug delivery systems, and
how medicinal and pharmaceutical substances are incorporated into them. The fundamental
principles of interfacial phenomena, dispersion system, rheology and their impacts on the
preparation and design of stable dosage forms will be discussed.

Objectives:
This course aims to introduce students to:
 Components and technologies involved in the development, manufacture and evaluation
of various dosage forms.
 The principles to design the appropriate dosage forms.
 The applications of pharmaceutical polymers and excipients.

Learning outcome:

1. Knowledge
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Record different types of suspensions and emulsions
b. List different types of flows (Newtonian &non-Newtonian systems)
c. State different applications of Thixotropy
d. Name different types of semisolid dosages forms (creams, ointments. pastes, etc…..)
e. List different types of suppository bases
f. Recognize different types of respiratory dosage forms
2. Cognitive skills
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Differentiate between different types of suspensions
b. Compare between different types of emulsions
c. Explain different types of semisolid dosages forms (creams, ointments. Pasts, etc…..)
d. Evaluate different types of suppository bases
e. Differentiate between respiratory dosage forms.

98
3. Numerical skills
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Calculate the displacement value in molded suppository preparation
b. Calculate of viscosity parameters
4. Psychomotor skills
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Prepare different types of suspensions (magnesium trisilicate).
b. Prepare different types of emulsions
c. Show surface tension and viscosity on certain solutions.
d. Perform of suppositories (plain and medicated).

Course Contents:
 Surface and interfacial phenomena.
 Colloidal systems and coarse dispersion.
 Rheology.
 Oral suspensions and emulsions.
 Semisolids dosage forms (topical ointments, creams and gels).
 Rectal drug delvery system
 Aerosols, inhalants and sprays
Practical Schedule:
 Preparation of magnesium trisilicate oral suspension.
 Preparation of calamine lotion.
 Preparation of pharmaceutical emulsions.
 Determination of Viscosity
 Determination of surface tension
 Preparation of castor oil emulsion
 Preparation of cold cream.
 Preparation of simple ointement
 Preparation of suppositories.

Teaching/learning methods and Contact Hours


Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact 30 - 28 - 58 hours
Hours

The following teaching strategies are used:


 Lab.
 Lectures

99
Assessment and grading plan:
Assessment method Proportion of Total
Assessment
1 Midterm I exam 15%
2 Mid-term II exam 15%
3 Practical exam 20%
4 Final exam 50%
Course outcomes and Assessment

Course outcome Method of Assessment


1 Outcome 1 W
2 Outcome 2 W
3 Outcome 3 W
4 Outcome 4 W
W: Written

Required Textbooks
 Howard Ansel, Nicholas Popvich and Lloyd Allen, Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms and
Drug Delivery Systems. Edition 9 (2010).
 Lea &Febiger, Philadelphia, PA. Alfonso Gennaro Remington: The Science and Practice
of Pharmacy. Edition 22 (2012).
 Williams & Wilkins, Baltimore, MD. L. Lachman, H. A. Lieberman and J. L. Kanig. The
Theory and Practice of Industrial Pharmacy.Edition 3 (2013).
 Lea &Febiger, PA. G.S. Banker and C.T. Rhodes Modern Pharmaceutics, Marcel
Dekker, Inc., New York, NY, edition 4 (2002).
 M.E. Aulton: Pharmaceutics: The Science of Dosage Form Design, Churchill Livingston,
St Louis, MO. Edition 4 (2013).
Electronic Materials
 Lexicomp Online Acaemic W/ AHFS .
 Facts& compersion bundle including trissels
 Martindie; the complete drug reference
 Access pharmacy
 https://www.dropbox.com/s/sxsjit1cih1yx2k/British%20National%20Formulary.pdf?dl
 https://www.dropbox.com/s/x7b3scj66yfwp50/BNF%20for%20Children%202014-
2015%5bNewMedicalBooks%5d.pdf?dl

100
Medicinal Chemistry-II

Course Name: Medicinal Chemistry-II 2-‫الكيمياء الدوائية‬ :‫اسم المقرر‬


Course Code & No.: 315 PHC ‫ كمص‬315 :‫رقم المقرر ورمزه‬
Credits:3 (2+1+0) 3(2+1+0) :‫عدد الساعات المعتمدة‬
Prerequisite:225 PHC ‫ كمص‬225 :‫المتطلب السابق‬
Level:5 5 :‫المستوى‬

Description:
This course will handle the relationship of chemical structure to biological activity and the
general structural features required for a specific mechanism of action. Topics of discussion will
include the effects of molecular modifications on receptor binding, distribution and metabolism
as they relate to clinical response. Although the course outline reflects a pharmacological
classification, the material covered will deal principally with the chemical, structure and
biophysical properties as related to drug action at the molecular level and will relate to
therapeutic use.

Objectives:
 To provide students with knowledge and understanding of the chemistry of basic classes
of medicinal agents.
 To develop the student’s ability to understand mechanism of action, metabolism of
medicinal drugs.
 To develop student’s ability to understand the relation between structure and biological
activity (SARs) of medicinal agents acting on specific target and producing
pharmacological response.

Learning outcomes:

1. Knowledge
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Recognize the nomeclature, physicochemical properties, chemical classification and
chemical structure of medicinal agents.
b. Describe the drug mechanism of action based on its chemical structure.
2. Cognitive Skills
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Predict the effect of vaious substituents in a particular drug molecule with respect to
biological response.

101
b. Write the single and multistep synthesis of drug molecules from a simple chemical
compound.
3. Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Calculate the yield in a chemical synthesis.
b. Calculate amount of active ingredient in pharmaceutical dosage forms.
4. Psychomotor
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Perform preparation, identification, assay for some important medicinal agents.

Contents:
 Adrenergic drugs (biosynthesis and metabolism of catecholamines, stereochemistry of
interaction with adrenergic receptor, -adrenergic receptors, -adrenergic receptors, SAR
of direct-acting sympathomimetics including catecholamines and imidazolines, -
adrenergic agonists, -adrenergic agonists, indirect-acting sympathomimetics, mixed-
acting sympathomimetics, -adrenergic antagonists, -adrenergic antagonists)
 Cholinergic drugs (cholinergic receptors, biosynthesis and metabolism of ACh,
stereochemistry and interaction with the receptor, SAR of cholinergic drugs,
cholinesterase inhibitors, anticholinergic drugs, antimuscarinic drugs, ganglionic
blockers, neuromuscular blockers)
 Cardiovascular drugs (antianginal and vasodilators, calcium antagonists, anti-arrhythmic
drugs, antihypertensive drugs, diuretics, antihyperlipidemics, anticoagulants, cardiac
inotropics)
 Diagnostic drugs (X-ray contrast agents, MRI, radiopharmaceuticals, US)
 Chemotherapeutic agents (local anti-infective agents, antifungal agents, antiscabious and
antipedicular agents, anthelmintics, antiprotozoal agents, antileishmanial and
antitrypanosomal drugs, antimalarial drugs, sulfonamides, antimycobacterial drugs
(antitubercular drugs and antilepral drugs), synthetic antibacterial agents, antibacterial
antibiotics, antiviral agents, antineoplastic agents, immunotherapy)

Practical
 Introduction of different methods of assay of drugs in dosage forms, calculations of
percentage recovery of the drug, concentration representation, pharmacopoeial
requirements, and limit of degradation products.
 Preparation of benzimidazole, benztriazole, benzil, benzilic acid, 2,3-diphenylquinoxaline
 Assay of calamine powder
 Assay of methylene blue solution
 Assay of hydrogen peroxide solution

102
 Assay of povidone iodine solution
 Assay of ampicillin capsules
 Assay of cephalexin capsules
 assay of trimethoprim tablets
 Assay of acetylcholine chloride
 Assay of epinephrine injection
 Assay of phenylepherine eye drops
 Assay of methyldopa tablets
 Assay of pilocarpine nitrate eye drops
 Assay of phenindione tablets
 Assay of resorcinol solution
 Assay of gallaminetriethiodide ampoules

Teaching/learning methods and Contact Hours


Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact 30 - - 30 - 60 hours
Hours

The following teaching strategies are used:


 Lecture
 Practical session

Assessment and grading plan:


Assessment method Proportion of Total
Assessment
1 Mid-Term I Test 15%
2 Mid-Term II Test 15%
3 Laboratory examination 15%
4 Log Book 5%
5 Final Exam 50%

Course outcomes and Assessment


W: Written PB: Performance-Based

103
Course outcome Method of Assessment
1 Outcome 1 W
2 Outcome 2 W
3 Outcome 3 W, PB
4 Outcome 4 W, PB

Required Textbooks
 Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, A. Gennaro, Mack Publishing Co: Eaton,
Pennsylvania.
 Drug Action, E Mutscher, CRC press, New York.
 Wilson and Gisvold's Textbook of Organic, Medicinal and Pharmaceutical Chemistry,
Jaime N. Delgado, Lippincott-Raven Publishers: Philadelphia-New York
 Foye's Principles of Medicinal chemistry, David A. Williams, Lippincott: New York
Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material
 Burger's Medicinal Chemistry and Drug Discovery: Drug Discovery and Drug
Development, Donald J. Abraham, John Wiley & Sons, Inc
Electronic Materials
Online resources available at:
 http://www.library.qu.edu.sa/Pages/default.aspx
 http://www.phc.vcu.edu/310/
 http://www.kubinyi.de/lectures.html
 http://www.chemlin.net/chemistry/medicinal_chemistry.htm

104
Pathophysiology-I

Course Name:Pathophyslology-1 1-‫فسيولوجيا األمراض‬ :‫اسم المقرر‬


Course Code & No.: 310 PHP ‫ مصد‬310 :‫رقم المقرر ورمزه‬
Credits:2(2+0+0) 2(2+0+0) :‫عدد الساعات‬
Prerequisite:222 PHG ‫ دوي‬222 :‫المتطلب السابق‬
Level:5 5 :‫المستوى‬

Course Description:
This course is designed to promote the understanding and application of fundamental disease
processes in clinical settings, including etiology, pathogenesis, and clinical significance. The aim
of the course is to teach students the pathogenesis of various symptoms and diseases affecting
the human body. Altered physiological functions of human organs are explained on molecular,
cellular, organ and systemic levels. The framework of this course is to represent the general
concept of the diseases and basic pathophysiology of cardiovascular, hematopoietic,
gastrointestinal and respiratory systems.

Objectives:
The following objectives will be covered
 Pathogenesis of various symptoms and diseases affecting the human body.
 Altered physiological functions of human organs are explained on molecular, cellular,
organ and systemic levels.
 The general concept of the diseases and basic pathophysiology of cardiovascular,
haemopoetic, gastrointestinal and respiratory systems.

Learning Outcomes:

1. Knowledge:
Upon the successful completion of this course, students will be able to
a. Discuss the etiology, pathogenesis, local and systemic effects of cell injury.
b. Explain the phenomenon of inflammation and its relationship to disease process.
c. Discuss the implication of different patterns of wound healing.
d. Discuss the etiology, pathogenesis and clinical significance of selected disorders of the
cardiovascular, hemopoeitic, gastrointestinal and respiratory systems.

2. Cognitive Skills
Upon the successful completion of this course, students will be able to
a. Distinguish the various types of cancer and their characteristic features.

105
b. Understanding the concepts of selected diseses.

Course Contents:
Introduction to pathophysiology
 General concepts of disease
 Cell injury: Etiology, pathogenesis of cell injury, adaptation, cell death, ischemia,
necrosis and gangrene.
 Inflammation: Classification, causes, mediators of inflammation, signs of inflammation,
consequences of inflammation, congestion, edema etiology, pathogenesis and
complications.
 Tissue repair and regeneration: Healing by repair, scar formation and fibrosis.
 Neoplasia (Cancer): Classification, characteristic features of benign and malignant
tumors, differentiation, carcinogenesis (molecular basis of cancer)
 Cardiovascular Disorders: Hypertension, atherosclerosis, ischemic heart disease, heart
failure, cardiac arrhythmias, rheumatic heart disease, pulmonary edema, shock
(cardiogenic, hemorrhagic, etc.)
 Hemopoietic Disorders: Anemia, leucocytosis, leucopenia, thrombocytopenia,
thrombosis, embolism, leukemias, lymphomas, hemophilia.
 Gastrointestinal and Hepatobiliary Disorders: Peptic ulcer disease (PUD), gastro-
esophageal reflux disease (GERD), nausea/vomiting, diarrhea, inflammatory bowel
disease, jaundice, hepatitis, cirrhosis of liver,
 Respiratory disorders: Pulmonary tuberculosis, bronchial asthma, chronic bronchitis,
chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), emphysema, bronchiectasis.

Teaching/learning methods and Contact Hours


Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact 30 - - - - 30 hours
Hours

The following teaching strategies are used:


 Lecture
Assessment and grading plan:
Assessment method Proportion of Total
Assessment
1 Mid Term 1 20%
2 Mid Term 2 20%
3 Final Exam 60%

106
Course outcomes and Assessment
Course outcome Method of Assessment
1 Outcome 1 W
2 Outcome 2 W

W: Written

Required Textbooks
 Price B. and Wilson L. Pathophysiology: Clinical Concepts of Disease Processes. 6th.
edition, 2002. Mosby.
 Zdanowicz MM. Essentials of Pathophysiology for Pharmacy. 2002. CRC Press.
 Porth C. Pathophysiology. 9th. edition, 2014. Llppincott Williams & Wilkins,
Additional suggested readings:
 Kumar P, Clark M. Clinical Medicine. 8th. edition, 2012. WB Saunders.
 Forbes CD, Jackson WF. Color Atlas and Text of Clinical Medicine. 4th. edition, 2003.
Elsevier Science.
Electronic Materials
Online resources available at:
 http://www.library.qu.edu.sa/Pages/default.aspx
 http://www.pharmacylibrary.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/public/about
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com/ss/About.aspx
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/ss/About.aspx
 http://search.proquest.com/

107
Pharmacology II

Course Name :Pharmacology II ٢- ‫علم األدوية‬ ‫اسم‬


:‫المقرر‬
Course Code & No.: 314 PHG ‫دوي‬٣١٤ :‫رقم المقرر ورمزه‬
Credits:4(3+1+0) 4(3+1+0) :‫عدد الساعات المعتمدة‬
Prerequisite:224 PHG ‫دوي‬٢٢٤ :‫المتطلب السابق‬
Level:5 5 :‫المستوى‬

Course Description (AIM):


This course is designed to educate students about the aspects related to cardiovascular system.
This course covers the classes, mechanisms of action, adverse effects, etc. of the drugs that are
used to treat hypertension, angina pectoris, cardiac arrhythmias and congestive heart failure.
Anticoagulants, antiplatelet, thrombolytic and anti-hyper-lipidemic drugs in relation to
cardiovascular diseases are discussed and their pharmacological profiles elaborated. The course
also covers the role and mechanism of diuretics in the management of hypertension and
congestive heart failure. Anti-anemic and hematopoietic drugs, as related to the wellbeing of the
body in relation to cardiovascular system are discussed. This course also discusses drugs used for
the treatment of bronchial asthma and COPD. In the practical part of the course the students
perform experiments on isolated heart and in conscious animals (rodents) to verify the actions of
the drugs they studied in the theoretical part of the course. Blood coagulation time, bleeding time
and prothrombin time (PT) are also determined in the lab.

Objectives:
This course is intended to achieve the following objectives:
 The students are introduced to drugs that are used to treat various diseases affecting the
cardiovascular system, including the blood coagulation process
 The students should learn the mechanisms of action of drugs, and how they modify the
pathophysiology of diseases like hypertension, congestive heart failure, angina pectoris
cardiac arrhythmias,dyslipidemiaand broncho-spastic diseases
 The students should understand the mechanisms of actions of drugs affecting
haemopoetic system and blood coagulation system to understand their appropriate uses
under different circumstances
 The students are also expected to comprehend the adverse effects of these drugs and any
potential drug-drug interactions, as patients with cardiovascular diseases use several
drugs simultaneously

108
Learning outcomes:
1. Knowledge
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. State specific drugs and their mechanisms of action to treat hypertension, congestive
heart failure, cardiac arrhythmias, angina pectoris and dyslipidemia
b. Define the differences among the pharmacological profile of various anti-dyslipidemic
drugs and the limitations of their uses
c. Summarize the causes of thrombosis and atherosclerosis and the logical choices of drugs
in the management of each of them.

2. Cognitive skills
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Distinguish among specific drugs used to treat hypertension, angina pectoris and cardiac
arrhythmias.
b. Interpret the differences between the anticoagulants, anti-platelets and thrombolytic drugs
and the use of appropriate drugs under various circumstances.
c. Understand the mechanisms of action and other features of the drugs used to treat
bronchial asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease.

3. Interpersonal Skills
a. Pay attention, participate and discuss the nuances of the experiments conducted in the lab

4. Psychomotor Skills
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Demonstrate skills to conduct an experiment on isolated tissues and intact animals, and
be able to evaluate and interpret the results obtained from such experiments

Course Contents:
 Antihypertensive drugs
 Antianginal drugs
 Antiarrhythmic drugs
 Antihyperlipidemic drugs
 Anticoagulants, Antiplatelet and Thrombolytic drugs
 Drugs used for congestive heart failure
 Diuretics
 Drugs used for anemia and hematopoiesis
 Drugs used for bronchial asthma and COPD
 Autacoids: Antihistamines

109
Experiments in lab
 Basic instruments used in experimental pharmacology-2
 2.mouse handling and manual restraint
 injection methods for mice
 electrocardiogram in mice non invasive
 study of adrenaline on mice ecg
 effect of dobutamine on mice ecg
 effect of unknown drug on mice ecg
 demonstrationof langendorff isolated rat heart
 effect of drugs on b.p. of anesthetized dog simulation
 effects of drugs on the isolated heart of frog simulation

Teaching/learning methods and Contact hours


Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact
45 30 75
Hours
Credit 3 1 4

The following teaching strategies are used:


 Lectures
 Practical sessions

Assessment and grading plan:


S.No. Assessment method Proportion of Total Assessment
1 Mid-term I 15%
2 Mid-term II 15%
3 Practical Exam 20%
4 Final Exam 50%

Course outcome and Assessment


S.no. Course Outcome Method of Assessment
1 Outcome-1 W
2 Outcome-2 W
3 Outcome-3 W
4 Outcome-4 PB

W: Written; PB: Performance based; AP: Assignment project; P: Portfolio

110
Required Textbooks
 Laurence L.Brunton (eds.): Goodman and Gilman's Pharmacological Basis of
Therapeutics, 12th. Ed., 2011, McGraw-Hill, New York.ISBN-13: 978-
0071624428, ISBN-10:0071624422
 Bertram G. Katzung, Susan B. Masters and Anthony J. Trevor (eds). Basic and Clinical
Pharmacology, 12th Edition, 2012, McGraw Hill Lang, New York. ISBN-13: 978-
0071764018ISBN-10: 0071764011
Recommended textbooks and Reference material
 Lippincott Illustrated Reviews: Pharmacology (Lippincott Illustrated Reviews Series). 6th
Ed. 2014. Williams and Wilkins Publisher Co., N.Y.ISBN-13: 978-1451191776 ISBN-
10:1451191774
 Paul Vanhoutte (Editor): Cardiovascular Pharmacology: Heart and circulation, Volume 59
(Advances in Pharmacology) Hardcover – November 4, 2010, ISBN-13: 978-
0123849038ISBN-10: 9780123849038
Electronic Materials
Online resources available at:
 http://www.library.qu.edu.sa/Pages/default.aspx
 http://www.pharmacylibrary.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/public/about
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com/ss/About.aspx
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/ss/About.aspx
 http://search.proquest.com/

111
Chemotherapy

Course Name: Chemotherapy ‫العالج الكيميائي‬ :‫اسم المقرر‬


Course Code & No.: 315 PHG ‫دوي‬315 :‫رقم المقرر ورمزه‬
Credits: 2(2+0+0) 2(2+0+0) :‫عدد الساعات‬
Prerequisite: 224 PHG ‫دوي‬٢٢٤ :‫المتطلب السابق‬
Level: 7 7 :‫المستوى‬

Description:
This course is designed to provide students - the general principles of antimicrobial andanti-
parasitic therapy. It also deals with the study of anti-neoplastic drugs and pharmacological
aspects of those chemotherapeutic agents that are produced naturally,synthetically or semi-
synthetically. It also deals with their spectrum of activity, mechanisms, andside effects when
used for treatment of bacterial, fungal or viral infections. Part of thecourse also deals with those
chemotherapeutic agents that are currently used for treatment ofmalaria, schistosomiasis,
amoebiasis, filariasis, ascariasis, and oxyuriasis.

Objectives:
The course aims to:
 Develop knowledge and understanding of anti-microbial, anti-parasitic and anti-
neoplastic drugs.
 Develop pharmacological aspects of chemotherapeutic agents that are produced naturally,
synthetically and semi-synthetically.

Learning outcomes:
1. Knowledge:
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Describe the general principles of chemotherapy.
b. Discuss the various mechanisms, side effects and limitations of the available anticancer
drugs.
c. State the differences in the spectrum of action of the synthetic, semi-synthetic and
thenatural antibacterial agents.
2. Cognitive skills:
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Explain the major differences in the mechanisms of action of the naturally derived
antibiotics and the synthetically produced antibacterial agents.
b. Compare the advantages and limitations of the various natural antibiotics and their semi-
syntheticderivatives.

112
c. Judge the factors that influence the choice of a certain chemical in the treatment of
certain infections that are caused by bacteria, fungi or viruses.
d. Assess the molecular mechanisms of the chemotherapeutic agents used in thetreatment of
various parasitic diseases

Contents:
 Principles of antimicrobial therapy.
 Spectra, mechanisms of action, doses and side effects of the antibacterial, sulphonamide,
trimethoprim and fluoroquinolones.
 Spectra, mechanisms of action, doses and side effects of the natural and semi-
syntheticantibiotics such as:
 Penicillins
 Cephalosporins
 Aminoglycosides
 Tetracyclines
 Chloramphenicols
 Systemic antifungal agents
 Antivirals
 Drugs for the treatment of Malaria
 Drugs for the treatment ofSchistosomiasis
 Drugs for the treatment ofAmebiasis
 Drugs for the treatment of Filariasis
 Drugs for the treatment of Ascariasis
 Drugs for the treatment of Oxyuriasis
 Drugs for the treatment of Tape worm infections.
 Drugs for the treatment of Anti-neoplastics

Teaching/learning methods and Contact Hours


Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact 15 - - - - 30 hours
Hours

The following teaching strategies are used:


 Lectures

113
Assessment and grading plan:
Assessment method Proportion of Total
Assessment
1 Mid-term II exam 20%
2 Mid-term I exam 20%
3 Final exam 60%

Course outcomes and Assessment


Course outcome Method of Assessment
1 Outcome 1 W
2 Outcome 2 W
W: Written PB: Performance-Based AP: Assignment Project P: Portfolio

Required Textbooks
 Meyers, Burt R.. Antimicrobial Therapy Guide. 2002 Ba mes and Noble.Skeel, Roland,
T.
 Handbook of Cancer Chemotherapy. 2003. Barnes and Noble.
Additional suggested readings:
 O'Grady, F. (ed.) Antibiotics and Chemotherapy: Anti-infective Agents and Their Use
in Therapy, 1997. Barnes and Noble.
 Yakoub A. Abdi, Gustafsson, L.L., Erickson, O. Hellgren, U. Handbook of Drugs for
TropicalParasitic Infections. 2000. Barnes and Noble.
 Bogitsh, B.J, Cheng, T.C. Human Parasitology. 1999. Barnes and Noble.A
Electronic Materials
Online resources available at:
 http://www.library.qu.edu.sa/Pages/default.aspx
 http://www.pharmacylibrary.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/public/about
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com/ss/About.aspx
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/ss/About.aspx
 http://search.proquest.com/

114
Natural Products Chemistry

Course Name: Natural Products Chemistry ‫كيمياء النواتج الطبيعية‬ ‫اسم‬


:‫المقرر‬
Course Code & No.: PHC 316 ‫كمص‬316 :‫ ورمزه‬:‫رقم المقرر‬
Credits:3 (2+1+0) 3 (2+1+0) ‫عدد الساعات‬
:‫المعتمدة‬
Prerequisite: PHC 215 ‫كمص‬٢١٥ :‫المتطلب السابق‬
Level:5 5 :‫المستوى‬

Course Description (AIM):


The course aims to provide pharmacy students with a primary knowledge of phytoceuticals and
enable the student to gain an understanding of the following general areas of study:The different
classes of the natural compounds. Methods of extraction, isolation, identification, assay and
pharmacological activity and uses of natural compounds

Objectives:
 To know the chemical structure of different classes of natural compounds.
 To know the extraction, isolation and identification of active compounds from natural
sources and their physiological activity.

Learning outcomes:
1. Knowledge
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to
a. Acquire basic knowledge of different classes of natural products.
b. State the pharmacological activity, toxicity and uses of natural compounds.
c. Know in detail the contraindications and incompatibilities of the studied medicinal plants.
2. Cognitive skills
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to
a. Illustrate the methods of identification and assay of active compounds.
b. Interpersonal skills & responsibility
c. Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
d. Apply the ethical and professional standard of ethics in the laboratory.
e. Prepare extracts and isolates from natural sources.
3. Communication, Information technology, Numerical
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Gain an appreciation of how to deal with and to apply the given information to evaluate
phytochemicals.
b. Perform effective communication and positive relation with others and be able to work as
an effective member in a team.

115
4. Psychomotor
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Aware of the influence of natural products remedies on the psycho-social and spiritual
aspects of a patient's being.

Course Contents:

 Volatile oils:
 “Methods of preparation, composition of volatile oils and classification of the volatile oil
components, Qualitative testing, pharmacological activity”
 Alkaloids:
 “Definition, classification, extraction, separation, qualitative testing, assaying,
pharmacological activity”
 Carbohydrates
 “Classification, qualitative testing, uses”
 Glycosides
 “Definition, classification, extraction, separation, qualitative testing, assaying,
pharmacological activity”
 Bitter principles, tannins & resins
 The course content is good but you have to give some more details about subjects that
you feel are important such as opium alkaloids, ergot alkaloids, flavovoid and
anthraquinone glycosides, saponins, tannins, etc…
Practical:
 Phytochemical screening of medicinal plants
 Qualitative tests for alkaloids
 Microchemical test for alkaloids
 Alkaloidal assays
 Assay of some volatile oil components
 Isolation of some natural compounds from their natural sources

Teaching/ learning methods and contact hours


Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact Hours 32 - 24 - - 56

The following teaching strategies are used


 Lectures

116
 Practical sessions

Assessment and grading plan:


Assessment method Proportion of Total Assessment
1 Midterm 1 15%
2 Midterm 2 15%
3 Practical exam 15%
4 Log Book 5%
5 Final exam 50%

Course outcomes and Assessment


Course outcome Method of Assessment
1 Outcome 1 Written
2 Outcome 2 Written
3 Outcome 3 Written
4 Outcome 4 Written
5 Outcome 5 Written

Text Book(s):
 W.C. Evans, "Trease and Evans, PHARMACOGNOSY" 16th Edition,
BailliereTindal, London,Philadelphia, Toronto, Sydney, Tokyo (2009).
 Michael Heinrich, Fundamentals of Pharmacognosy and Phytotherapy, 1st edition,
Churchill Livingstone, 2004, an imprint on Elsevier Limited, 2007.
 WHO monographs on selected medicinal plants, World Health Organization,
PaperbackPublisher, vol. 1, (1999)
 WHO monographs on selected medicinal plants, World Health Organization,
Paperback
 Publisher, vol. 2, (2002)
 Richard J. P. Cannell. Natural Products Isolation. 1998. Humana Press Inc.
 Raphael Ikan. Natural Products; a Laboratory Guide. 2nd edition1 1991. Academic
Press.
 Kurt B.G. Torssell, "Natural Product Chemistry, Mechanestic Biosynthetic and
Ecological Approai Apotekarsocieteten- Swedish. Pharmaceutical Pr Sweden (1997).
 Additional suggested readings:
 AshtoshKar, Pharmacognosy and Pharmacobiotechnology, 1st edition, 2008, New
Age International (P) Ltd., Publishers.
 James E. Robbers, Marilyn Speedie, Varo E. Tyler, Pharmacognosy and
pharmacobiotechnology Williams & Wilkins, Baltimore.1996.

117
 Pengelly, Andrew, The constituents of medicinal plants: an introduction to
 the chemistry and therapeutics of herbal medicine. ALLEN & UNWIN. This edition
first published in 2004.
 Paul M Dewick, Medicinal Natural Products, A Biosynthetic Approach, 1st edition,
1997, John Wiley and Sons Ltd. England. Reprinted 1998.
 Gunnar Samuelsson. Drugs of Natural Origin. 4th. edition 1999. Swedish
Pharmaceutical press.
 J. Higgins, D.J. Best, J. Jones, "Biotechnology, Principles and Applications",
Blackwell Scientific Publications (1985).
 Harborne, J.B., "Phytochemical Methods", 3rd. ed., Chapman Hall, London, New
York (1998).
 David H. Attaway and Oskar R. Zaborsky. Modern Biotechnology. Volume 1, 1993.
Plenum Press.
 Melanie J. C. Toxicology and Clinical pharmacology of Herbal Products. 2000
Humana Press Inc. James E. R. Marilyn K. S. and Varro E. T. Pharmacognosy and
Pharmacobiotechnology.
 S. Grabley and R. Thiericke. Drug Discovery from Nature. 1999. Springer
Electronic Materials:
 http://www.pharmacylibrary.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/public/about
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com/ss/About.aspx
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/ss/About.aspx
 https://www.dropbox.com/s/sxsjit1cih1yx2k/British%20National%20Formulary.pdf?
dl=0

118
Pharmacopial Analysis

Course Name: Pharmacopeal Analysis ‫ التحليل الدستوري‬:‫اسم المقرر‬


Course Code & No.: PHC 327 ‫ كمص‬327 :‫رقم المقرر ورمزه‬
Credits:4 (3+1+0) 4(3+1+0) :‫عدد الساعات المعتمدة‬
Prerequisite:124 PHC ‫ كمص‬124 :‫المتطلب السابق‬
Level: 6 6 :‫المستوى‬

Description:
The course is designed to teach the student how to use the pharmacopoeia, specially USP, BP
and, EP. First, the student is entitled to know how to know the purity and, identify a
pharmaceutical compound based on its physico-chemical properties in relation to different
pharmacopoeial standards. Second, to check the trace elements presence in these compounds by
applying limit tests. Third, how to assay the composition of a pharmaceutical compound per se
or, in pharmaceutical preparation and, in a heterogeneous mixture. The course will also include
introduction to statistical evaluation of data.

Objectives:
 To give pharmacy students an understanding of the pharmacopoeial requirements which
governs drug analysis.
 Equip students with analytical techniques required for pharmacopeia-based analyses.

Learning Outcomes:

1. Knowledge:
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Describe the identity of pharmaceutical compounds through their physical and/or
physicochemical properties.
2. Cognitive Skills:
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Estimate the assay of pharmaceutical compounds in their pure and, mixture forms.
b. Analyze multi-component mixture using different chromatographic & spectral methods.
3. Psychomotor:
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Examine the purity of pharmaceutical compounds.

119
b. Ability to employ HPLC methods and, evaluate chromatograms.

Contents:
 Introduction to the pharmacopoeias (definitions, abbreviation terms and history of
pharmacopoeias)
 How to use the pharmacopoeia?
 Methods of analysis: (refractive index, optical rotation, absorption spectrophotometry,
infrared, ultraviolet and visible, nuclear magnetic resonance, circular dichroism, thin
layer chromatography, gas chromatography, liquid chromatography, size-exclusion
chromatography, super critical fluid chromatography, density of solids, capillary
electrophoresis).
 Limit tests (limit tests for anions (chloride, sulfate, phosphate), limit tests for cations
(heavy metals, iron, calcium, potassium, ammonium, aluminum)
 Limit tests for related compounds (HPLC methods for identification and determination of
related compounds, potentiometric and amperometric determination of related
compounds, spectrophotometric methods for the determination of related compounds).
 Statistical evaluation of data (introduction, randomization and independence of individual
treatment, assay depending upon quantitative responses, assay depending upon quantal
responses, combination of assay results)
 Miscellaneous methods of analysis (Karl-Fischer method for the determination of water
content in pharmaceutical compounds, Oxygen-flask method for the determination of
organically-combined elements (halogens, sulfur, phosphorous, zinc, mercury, etc),
Kjeldal method for the determination of organically-combined nitrogen in vaccines,
diazometric determination of pharmaceutical compounds containing primary amino
group, e.g., sulfonamides

Practical Schedule:
 How to use the pharmacopoeia? How to read the pharmacopoeial monograph?
 Limit tests for acid radicals.
 Limit tests for basic radicals and, heavy metals.
 Limit for related substances in pharmaceutical compounds using HPLC (limit of 2-
chloroethylamine in ifosfamide).
 Limit of related substances in pharmaceutical compounds using potentiometery (chloride
ion in melphalan, chloride ion in ifosfamide).

120
 Limit of related compounds in pharmaceutical compounds using spectrophotometery
(limit of salicylic acid in aspirin, limit of phenolic compounds in aspirin, limit of
metaproterenone in metaproterenol)
 Diazometric determination of sulfonamides.
 Determination of water-content in pharmaceutical compounds using Karl-Fischer
method.
 Analysis of cycloserine capsules, analysis of captopril tablets.
 Atomic absorption spectroscopic determination of zinc in insulin
 Polarimetric analysis and identification of pharmaceutical compounds.

Teaching /Learning Methods and Contact Hours:


Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact 45 - 30 - - 75
Hours

The following teaching strategies are used:


 Lectures
 Practical session

Assessment & Grading Plan:


Assessment Method Proportion of Total Assessment
1 Midterm Test I 15%
2. Midterm Test II 15%
3. Laboratory Examination 15%
4 Log Book 5%
5. Final Examination 50%

Course Outcomes & Assessment:


Course Outcome Method of Assessment
1. Outcome 1 W
2. Outcome 2 W, PB
3. Outcome 3 W, PB
W: Written, PB: Problem-based

121
Required Textbook(s):
 The United States Pharmacopoeia. The US Pharmaceutical Convention, Rockville.
 The British Pharmacopoeia. The Pharmaceutical Press, London.
 The European Pharmacopoeia. Council of Europe, Strasbourg.
 Practical Pharmaceutical Chemistry, A.H. Beckell and J.B. Stenlake. The Athione Press,
London.
 Vogel's Textbook of Quantitative Chemical Analysis, A I Vogel, Revised by G H
Jeffery,
 GaryD.Christianand, JamesEO'Reilly,InstrumentalAnalysis,PrenticeHall,NewYork
Additional Suggested Readings:
 Pharmaceutical Drug Analysis, 2nd ed, Ashutosh Kar, New Age Publications, New
Delhi.
 Pharmaceutical Analysis: A Textbook for Pharmacy Students and Pharmaceutical
Chemists,
 David G. Watson, Churchill Livingstone.
 Modern Analytical Chemistry, David Harvey, McGraw-Hill.
 J Bassett, J Mendham & R C Denney, Longman Scientific & Technical and, John-Wiley
& Sons
 DouglasA.Skoog&DonaldM.West.FundamentalsofAnalyticalChemistry.SandersCollege
Publishing,Philadelphia
 GalenEwing.InstrumentalMethodsofChemicalAnalysis,McGraw-Hill, NewYork
 RobertdeLevie.PrinciplesofQuantitativeChemicalAnalysis.McGraw-Hill,New York
Electronic Materials
Access Pharmacy, Digital library at QU
 Pharmacy Library
 http://www.library.qu.edu.sa/Pages/default.aspx
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/ss/About.aspx

122
Medicinal Chemistry-III
Course Name: Medicinal Chemistry-III 3-‫الكيمياء الدوائية‬ ‫إسم‬
:‫المقرر‬
Course Code & No.: PHC 320 ‫ كمص‬320 ‫رقم المقرر‬
:‫ورمزه‬
Credits: 3 (2+1+0) 3(2+1+0) :‫عدد الساعات‬
Prerequisite: 315 PHC ‫ كمص‬315 :‫المتطلب السابق‬
Level: 6 6 :‫المستوى‬

Description:
This course will handle the relationship of chemical structure to biological activity and the
general structural features required for a specific mechanism of action. Topics of discussion will
include the effects of molecular modifications on receptor binding, distribution and metabolism
as they relate to clinical response. Although the course outline reflects a pharmacological
classification, the material covered will deal principally with the chemical, structure and
biophysical properties as related to drug action at the molecular level and will relate to
therapeutic use.

Objectives:
 To provide students with knowledge and understanding of the chemistry of basic classes
of medicinal agents.
 To develop the student’s ability to understand mechanism of action, metabolism of
medicinal drugs.
 To develop student’s ability to understand the relation between structure and biological
activity (SARs) of medicinal agents acting on specific target and producing
pharmacological response.

Learning outcomes:
1. Knowledge:
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Recognize the nomeclature , physicochemical properties, chemical classification,
synthesis, identification of medicinal agents.
b. Describe the drug mechanism, drug target interaction at molecular level.
2. Cognitive skills
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Explain the metabolism of xenobiotics, and drugs depending on their chemical structure,
and its role in pharmacological and toxicological effect.
b. Predict the biological response and mechanism of action , if any, from a chemical
structure of compounds affecting various receptors, enzymes and/or systems.

123
3. Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Calculate the active ingredient in pharmaceutical forms.
4. Psychomoter
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Perform preparation, identification of some important medicinal agents.

Contents:
 CNS stimulants (analeptics, methyl xanthines, central sympathomimetic agents, MAO
inhibitors, tricyclic and mechanistically related antidepressants).
 CNS depressants (general anesthetics, anxiolytic, sedative and hypnotics, antipsychotics,
antimanic, anticonvulsants or antiepileptic drugs, narcotic analgesics, narcotic
antagonists, antitussive agents, NSAIDs).
 Local anesthetics
 H1-antagonists and antiallergenic agents
 Gastrointestinal drugs.
 Drugs used to manage peptic ulcer (gastric antacids, H2 receptor antagonists, proton
pump inhibitors, chemical complexation, cytoprotective drugs, selective muscarinic (M1)
antagonists)
 Laxatives, Antidiarrheal drugs, Emetics, Antiemetics, Adsorbents, Digestant,
Miscellaneous GI drugs
 Hormones
 Steroidal hormones (nomenclature and stereochemistry, estrogens and antiestrogens,
progestins, chemical contraceptive agents, androgens and anabolic drugs, antiandrogens
and 5-reductase inhibitors, adrenal cortex hormones)
 Pancreatic hormones, Oral hypoglycemics
 Thyroid hormones, Anti-thyroid hormones, Parathyroid hormones
 Polypeptide hormones, Pituitary hormones, Placental hormones, Substance P
Practical course
 Functional Group Analysis
 Assay of aspirin (spectro)
 Assay of theophylline
 Assay of indomethacine
 Titremetric determination of beta-lactam antibiotic
 Assay of sulphonamides
 Assay of ibuprofen
 Synthesis of Aspirin
 Synthesis of paracetamol

124
 Synthesis of Phenacetin (1st Step)
 Synthesis of Phenacetin (2nd Step)
 Synthesis of Antipyrine
 Synthesis of Phenytoin
 1st Step: Synthesis of Benzil
 Synthesis of Phenytoin
 2nd Step: Condensation of Benzil
 Synthesis of Thiobarbituric Acid
 Assay of Steroids

Teaching/learning methods and Contact Hours


Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact 30 - - 30 - 60 hours
Hours
The following teaching strategies are used:
 Lectures
 Practical session

Assessment and grading plan


Assessment method Proportion of Total Assessment
1 Mid-term I exam 15%
2 Midterm II exam 15%
3 Practical Exam 15%
4 Log Book 5%
5 Final exam 50%

Course outcomes and Assessment


Course outcome Method of Assessment
1 Outcome 1 Written
2 Outcome 2 Written
3 Outcome 3 Written
4 Outcome 4 Written
5 Outcome 5 Practical
6 Outcome 6 Practical

125
Required Textbooks
 Wilson and Gisvold's Textbook of Organic, Medicinal and Pharmaceutical
 Chemistry, Lippincott-Raven Publishers, Philadelphia- New York
 Foye's Principles of Medicinal chemistry, David A. Williams, Lippincott: New York
Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material
 Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, A. Gennaro, Mack Publishing Co: Eaton,
Pennsylvania.
 Drug Action, E Mutscher, CRC press
 Burger's Medicinal Chemistry and Drug Discovery: Drug Discovery and Drug
Development, Donald J. Abraham, John Wiley & Sons, Inc
Electronic Materials
Online resources available at:
 -www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/SNP/
 -Advanced Chemistry Development, ACD labs, Canada
 -ChemDraw
 -HyperChem, Gainesville, FL, USA.
 -Discovery Software by Accelrys Inc., CA, USA
 -Spartan Software, USA
 -Lexi comp Online Acaemic W/ AHFS.
 -Facts & Comparison Bundle including Trissel"s.
 -Martindale: The Complete Drug Reference.
-Access Pharmacy

126
Pathophysiology-Il

Course Name: Pathophysiology-Il 2-‫فسيولوجيا األمراض‬ :‫اسم المقرر‬


Course Code & No.: 322 PHP ‫ مصد‬322 :‫رقم المقرر ورمزه‬
Credits: 2(2+0+0) 2(2+0+0) :‫عدد الساعات المعتمدة‬
Prerequisite:310PHP ‫ مصد‬310 :‫المتطلب السابق‬
Level: 6 6 :‫المستوى‬

Description:
This course is designed to build upon the concepts and principles taught in pathophyiosolgy-I.
This course includes the pathophysiological basis of electrolyte disturbances, calcium metabolic
disorders, diseases of the endocrine, reproductive and central nervous systems.

Objectives:

The following objectives will be covered


 The pathophysiological basis of selected electrolyte disturbances.
 The pathophysiological basis of selected calcium metabolic disorders.
 The pathophysiological basis of selected endocrine disorders.
 The pathophysiological basis of selected reproductive disorders.
 The pathophysiological basis of selected central nervous system disorders.
 The pathophysiological basis of selected connective tissue and musculo skeletal
disorders.
 The pathophysiological basis of selected renal disorders.

Learning Outcomes:
1. Knowledge
Upon the successful completion of this course, students will be able to gain
a. Discuss the etiology, pathogenesis and clinical significance of selected disorders of renal,
reproductive, musculoskeletal and connective tissue.
b. Determine the basic pathophysiological processes electrolyte disturbances, calcium
metabolic disorders, diseases of endocrine system, diseases of reproductive system and
central nervous system.
c. Interpret the etiology, pathogenesis and clinical correlations to central nervous system
disorders.
2. Cognitive skills
Upon the successful completion of this course, students will be able to gain

127
a. Analyze the relationship between normal physiology and pathological phenomena in
endocrine disorders.
b. Understanding the concepts of selected electolyte, calcium metabolism, endocrine,
reporductive, and central nervous system disorders.

Contents:
 Renal disorders: Fluid and electrolyte disturbances, urinary tract infections (UTI),
urolithiasis (renal calculi), glomerulonephritis, nephrotic syndrome, renal failure, renal
cell carcinoma.
 Endocrine disorders: Pituitary disorders (hypo and hyper secretions), thyroid disorders
(hypo and hyper secretions), diabetes mellitus, adrenal gland disorders (Cushing’s
syndrome)
 Calcium metabolism disorders: Osteoporosis, osteomalacia, musculoskeletal system and
connective tissue disorders, rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, gout, systemic lupus
erythromatosis.
 Central nervous system disorders: Epilepsy, migraine headaches, meningitis,
parkinsonism.
 Reproductive Disorders: Infertility / sterility, dysmenorrhea, menorrhagia.

Teaching/learning methods and Contact Hours


Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact 30 - - - - 30 hours
Hours

The following teaching strategies are used:


 Lectures

Assessment and grading plan:


Assessment method Proportion of Total Assessment
2 Mid Term 1 20%
4 Mid Term 2 20%
5 Final Exam 60%

Course outcomes and Assessment


Course outcome Method of Assessment
1 Outcome 1 W
2 Outcome 2 W
\W: Written

128
Required Textbook
Text Book(s):
 Price S. and Wilson L. Pathophysiology: Clinical Concepts of Disease Processes. 6th.
edition, 2002. Mosby.
 Zdanowicz MM. Essentials of Pathophysiology tor Pharmacy. 2002. CRC Press.
 Porth C. Pathophysiology. 9th. Edition, 2014. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.
Additional suggested readings:
 Kumar P, Clark M. Clinical Medicine. 8th. edition, 2012. WB Saunders.
 Forbes C.D., Jackson W.F. Color Atlas and Text of Clinical Medicine. 3rd. edition,
2002. Elsevier Science
Electronic Materials
Online resources available at:
 http://www.library.qu.edu.sa/Pages/default.aspx
 http://www.pharmacylibrary.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/public/about
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com/ss/About.aspx
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/ss/About.aspx
 http://search.proquest.com/

129
Pharmaceutics-III
Course Name: Pharmaceutics-III 3-‫الصيدالنيات‬ :‫اسم المقرر‬
Course Code & No.: 323 PHT ‫ صيد‬323 :‫رقم المقرر ورمزه‬
Credits: 3(2+1+0) 3(2+1+0) :‫عدد الساعات المعتمدة‬
Prerequisite:223PHT ‫ صيد‬223 :‫ السابق‬:‫المتطلب‬
Level: 6 6 :‫المستوى‬

Description:
This course covers the principles and techniques involved in the formulation, preparation and
evaluation of solid dosage forms and sterile dosage forms. Methods of sterilization and
applications of aseptic techniques will also be studied.

Objectives:
This course aims to introduce students to
Formulation methods of powder, granules and solid dosage forms (tablets and capsules).
Principles for sterile products.

Learning Outcome:
1. Knowledge
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. List different methods for measuring the flow of powder.
b. Outline different types of tablets and excipients.
c. Name different types capsules and excipients
d. List different types of sterile products forms
e. Describe the manufacturing of Parenteral products
2. Cognitive skills
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Estimate different methods used for evaluation of tablets
b. Analyze different methods used for evaluation of capsules.
c. Differentiate between different types of ophthalmic products
d. Summarize different methods used for evaluation of parenteral dosage form.
3. Psychomotor skills
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Preparation of effervescent granules
b. Preparation of tablet using different methods.
c. Perform dissolution tests.

130
d. Perform quality control tests for tablets and capsules

Contents:
 Powder and granules.
 Tablets .
 capsules.
 Introduction into sterial products.
 Sterile products: Parenterals.
 OPHThalmic products.
 Sterilization principles
 GMP and clean room

Laboratory schedule:
 Flowability of Powder and Porosity
 Preparation of Effervescent Granules.
 Tablet press & Dissolution testing.
 Quality Control Test for Tablets.
 Capsule Filling and Quality Control of Capsule.
 Isotonic preparations
 Preparation of opthalmic product
 Preparation of Nasal and Ear Products.
 Preparation of a Parenteral Products.
 Sterilizations methods and Autoclave

Teaching/learning methods and Contact Hours


Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact 30 - 28 - 58 hours
Hours

The following teaching strategies are used:


 Lab.
 Lectures
Assessment and grading plan:
Assessment method Proportion of Total Assessment
1 Midterm I exam 15%
2 Mid-term II exam 15%
3 Practical exam 20%
4 Final exam 50%

131
Course outcomes and Assessment
Course outcome Method of Assessment
1 Outcome 1 W
2 Outcome 2 W
3 Outcome 3 W
4 Outcome 4 W
W: Written PB: Performance-Based AP: Assignment Project P: Portfolio

Required Textbooks
 A.J. Winfleld and R.M. Richards: Pharmaceutical Practice, edition 2 (2008).
 Churchill Livingston, St. Louis, MO, USA. Salvatore Turco, Sterile Dosage Forms Their
Preparation and Clinical Application. Williams & Wilkins, Baltimore, MD. Edition 2
(2008).
 Aulton’s Pharmaceutics: The design and manufacture of medicines – 2007 – 3rd edition
(Edited by Michael E. Aulton)
 Martin’s physical pharmacy and pharmaceutical sciences – 2006 - 5th edition (P. J.
Sinko)
 A.J. Winfield and R.M. Richards: Pharmaceutical Practice, Churchill Livingston, St.
Louis, MO, USA, 3rd Edition, 2004
 Ansel’s Pharmaceutical dosage forms and drug delivery systems: 2005 – 8th edition –
Loyd Allen, Nicholas Popovich and Howard Ansel
Electronic Materials
 Lexicomp Online Acaemic W/ AHFS
 Facts& compersion bundle including trissels
 Marttidie; the complete drug reference
 Access pharmacy
 https://www.dropbox.com/s/sxsjit1cih1yx2k/British%20National%20Formulary.pdf?dl
 https://www.dropbox.com/s/x7b3scj66yfwp50/BNF%20for%20Children%202014-
2015%5bNewMedicalBooks%5d.pdf?dl

132
Pharmacology-III

Course Name: Pharmacology-III 3-‫علم األدوية‬ :‫اسم المقرر‬


Course Code & No.: 324 PHG ‫ دوي‬324 :‫رقم المقرر ورمزه‬
Credits: 3(2+1+0) 3(2+1+0) :‫عدد الساعات‬
Prerequisite: 314 PHG ‫ دوي‬314 :‫السابق‬:‫المعتمدة‬
‫المتطلب‬
Level: 6 6 :‫المستوى‬

Description:
This course is concerned with the study of drugs that primarily affect the central nervous system.
An overview of the central nervous system and the functions of neurotransmitters will precede
the introduction of drugs that are used to treat depression, psychosis, epilepsy, Parkinson’s
disease, Alzheimer’s disease or as sedatives/ hypnotics. Drugs used as local and general
anesthetics and skeletal muscle relaxants will also be covered in this course. Pharmacological
profiles of analgesics, such as NSAIDs and opioids, drugs used for migraine headaches and
substances of abuse, including CNS stimulants will also be discussed.

Objectives:
Upon successful completion of this course, the following objectives should be covered:
 The pharmacological profiles of the drugs that are used to treat different diseases
affecting the central nervous system.
 The phrmacology of the drugs used as local and general anesthetics and skeletal muscle
relaxants.
 Discussion of the pharmacological profiles of analgesics and CNS stimulants.

Learning Outcomes:
1. Knowledge:
Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
a. Describe the physiological roles of neurotransmitters in behavior and their relevance to
specific neurological and psychiatric disorders.
b. Discuss pharmacology of drugs used for the treatment of anti-psychotic drugs,
Parkinson’s disease, Alzheimer’s disease and migraine headaches
c. Describe various local and general anesthetics , analgesics and skeletal muscle
relaxants.
d. Describe and understand the deleterious effects of substances of abuse.

133
2. Cognitive skills:
Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
a. Deffrentiate between the causes and symptoms of diseases affecting the central nervous
system .
b. Compare between the mechanisms of actions and uses of barbiturates and
benzodiazepines as sedative/hypnotics and their role in general anesthesia.
c. Differentiate between various classes of antidepressant drugs and justify their selective
use under different circumstances.

3. Psychomotor and communication skills:


a. Demonstrate the effects of the drugs affecting CNS on experimental animals.

Contents:
 CNS Overview
 Sedatives/Hypnotics: Benzodiazepines, Barbiturates, Atypicals
 Antidepressants: TCAs, SSRIs, MAOIs
 Antipsychotics: Phenothiazines, Thioxanthenes, Butyrophenones, Azepines,
Miscellaneous
 Antiepileptics: Drugs for generalized tonic/clonic seizures, drugs for partial seizures,
adjunct drugs
 Antiparkinsons drugs
 Anti-Alzheimer drugs
 Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs)
 Opioid analgesics
 Drugs for migraine headaches
 Substances of abuse
 Local anesthetics
 General anesthetics
 Skeletal muscle relaxants

Experiments in lab
 Instruments used in experimental pharmacology-3
 Study of hypnotic activity in mice by righting reflex
 Antidepressant activity in mice using f.s.t.
 Anxiolytic effect in mice using elevated plus maze
 Muscle relaxant activity of diazepam in mice using rota rod
 Anti-convulsant activity of diazepam in ptz induced convulsions in mice
 Study of anti parkinsonian effect in mice

134
 Study of local anesthetic effect of xylocaine on rabbit's eye
 Study of analgesic effect in mice using hot plate method
 Study of anti-nociceptive effect of diclofenac on acetic acid
 Induced writhing in mice.

Teaching/learning methods and Contact hours


Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact
30 28 58
Hours
Credit 2 1 3

The following teaching strategies are used:


 Lectures
 Practical sessions

Assessment and grading plan:


S.no. Assessment method Proportion of Total Assessment
1 Mid-term I 15%
2 Mid-term II 15%
3 Practical 20%
4 Final Exam 50%

Course outcome and Assessment


S.no. Course Outcome Method of Assessment
1 Outcome-1 W
2 Outcome-2 W
3 Outcome-2 PB
W: Written; PB: Performance based; AP: Assignment project; P: Portfolio
Required Textbooks
 Leonard B.E. (ed.) Fundamentals of Psychopharmacology. Chichester, JohnWiley and
Sons, N.Y.Latest edition
 Hardman J.G. and Limbird, L.E. (eds). Goodman and Gilman's Pharmacological Basis of
Therapeutics. 12th. edition. 2011. New York, McGraw-Hill.
 Alan F. Schatzberg, Cole, J.O. and Deballista, C. Manual of Clinical
Psychopharmacology. 2002. Barnes and Noble N.Y.
Recommended textbooks and Reference material:
 Stone, T.W. CNS Neurntransmitters and neuromodulators, Neuroactive steroids. 1996,

135
Barnes and Noble.
 Wells, B.G., Hamilton, C.W., Dipiro, J.T. (ed.) Pharmacothempy Handbook. 2002.
Barnes and Noble..Y
 Rang H.P., Dale M.M. and Ritter J.M. Pharmacology. Churchill Livingstone, New York.
Latest Edition.
 Lippincott's illustrated Reviews: Pharmacology, 4th Ed. 2008. Williams and Wilkins
Publisher Co., N.Y
Electronic Materials
Online resources available at:
 http://www.library.qu.edu.sa/Pages/default.aspx
 http://www.pharmacylibrary.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/public/about
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com/ss/About.aspx
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/ss/About.aspx
 http://search.proquest.com/

136
Scientific writing and Seminars-I

Course Name: Scientific Writing and Seminar-I 1-‫الكتابة العلمية وحلقة نقاش‬ :‫اسم المقرر‬
Course Code & No.: 325 PHP ‫مصد‬325 :‫رقم المقرر ورمزه‬
Credits:1(1+0+0) 1(1+0+0) :‫ المعتمدة‬:‫عدد الساعات‬
Prerequisite: 216 PHP ‫مصد‬216 :‫المتطلب السابق‬
Level: 8 8 :‫المستوى‬

Description:
The purpose of this course is to introduce basics of scientific presentation and discussions of
current issues in the profession of clinical pharmacy. Emphasis will be on general evaluation of
drug literature, articles for proper research, design and data interpretation including use of
multimedia, slides, overheads, handouts and other visual aids as well as methods of answering
questions from the audience

Objectives
This course aims to introduce students the:
 Importance of the scientific article, presentation and technologies used for presentation
 Beneficial aspects of various software used for presentation in seminars.
 Evaluation of scientific articles.

Learning Outcomes:
1. Knowledge
By the end of the course, students will be able to:
a. Describe the methods how to make presentation and how to present them in class
State the methods of writing the scientific articles
2. Cognitive Skills
a. Illustrate the articles writing.
b. Prepare their presentation to present in the seminars
3. Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
a. Communication skills of the students should be improved
4. Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
a. Student’s effective participations in the discussion of subjects.
b. They will made presentation relating to clinical topics and present them in the class.

Contents:
 Introduction to scientific presentation
 Overview of available audiovisual presentation aids

137
 Basics of scientific writing
 Basics of scientific discussion
 Scientific presentation techniques
 Scientific and clinical paper evaluation
 Types of scientific and clinical research
 Interactive presentation
 Clinical pharmacy topics presentations

Teaching/learning methods and Contact Hours


Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact 15 - - - - 15 hours
Hours

The following teaching strategies are used:


 Lectures
 Oral/Report presentations

Assessment and grading plan:


Assessment method Proportion of Total Assessment
1 Oral presentation 10%
2 Report preparation 10%
3 Mid-term I exam 10%
4 Mid-term II exam 10%
6 Final exam 60%

Course outcomes and Assessment


Course outcome Method of Assessment
1 Outcome 1 W
2 Outcome 2 W, PB
3 Outcome 3 W, PB, AP
4 Outcome 4 W, AP
W: Written PB: Performance-Based AP: Assignment Project P: Portfolio

138
Required Textbooks
 How to Run Seminars and Workshops: Presentation Skills for Consultants, Trainers
and
 Teachers, Robert Jolles.
 How to Develop and Promote Successful Seminars and Workshops
 by Howard L. Shenson
Additional suggested readings:
 Marketing and Promoting Your Own Seminars and Workshops, Fred Gleeck.
 Profitable Seminars by Len Wood.
Electronic Materials
Online resources available at:
http://www.library.qu.edu.sa/Pages/default.aspx
http://www.pharmacylibrary.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/public/about
http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com/ss/About.aspx
http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/ss/About.aspx
http://search.proquest.com/

139
Pharmacotherapy-I

Course Name: Pharmacotherapy-l 1-‫العالجيات‬ :‫اسم المقرر‬


Course Code & No.: 330 PHP ‫ مصد‬330 :‫ ورمزه‬:‫رقم المقرر‬
Credits: 3 (3+0+1) 3 (3+0+1) :‫عدد الساعات المعتمدة‬
Prerequisite: 310 PHP ‫ مصد‬310 :‫المتطلب السابق‬
Level: 7 7 :‫المستوى‬

Description:
The purpose of this course is to integrate the pathophysiologic abnormalities of disease states
(Cardiovascular, Pulmonary, and respirotary system Diseases) with concepts of drug action and
therapy. State-of-the-art pharmacotherapy will be reviewed with pertinent pathophysiology and
pharmacology. Emphasis will be placed on drug selection, dosing regimen design, and
therapeutic drug monitoring to assess the attainment of therapeutic efficacy and avoidance of
adverse reactions

Objectives:
 This course aims to introduce students to:
 Selection of appropriate pharmacologic and non-pharmacologic therapies of selected
diseases.
 Relationship between the pathophysiology of selected diseases and the mechanism(s) of
action, rationale, reasonable and practical solution to drug related problems in patient
with selected diseases.
 A plan for a desired outcomes, monitoring drug efficacy, adverse effects, compliance,
and drug interactions for patient drug therapy.
 Team based learning and effective communication skills.

Learning outcomes:

1. Knowledge:
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Describe the pathophysiology, complications and risk factors of Dyslipidemias,
Hypertension, chronic stable angina, Acute coronary syndromes, Ambulatory Heart
failure, Acute Heart failure & Cardiogenic shock, Cardiac Arrhythmias, Endocarditis,
Thrombosis & Peripheral Vascular Disorders, Bronchial asthma, COPD, Pneumonia, and
Tuberculosis.

140
b. Recognise the therapeutic goals, drug and nondrug therapy used in management
ofDyslipidemias, Hypertension, chronic stable angina, Acute coronary syndromes,
Ambulatory Heart failure, Acute Heart failure & Cardiogenic shock, Cardiac
Arrhythmias, Endocarditis, Thrombosis & Peripheral Vascular Disorders, Bronchial
asthma, COPD, Pneumonia, and Tuberculosis.

2. Cognitive Skills:
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Design appropriate care plan for management of patient with Dyslipidemias,
Hypertension, chronic stable angina, Acute coronary syndromes, Ambulatory Heart
failure, Acute Heart failure & Cardiogenic shock, Cardiac Arrhythmias, Endocarditis,
Thrombosis & Peripheral Vascular Disorders, Bronchial asthma, COPD, Pneumonia, and
Tuberculosis.
b. Identify and prioritize therapeutic alternatives to individualize patient specific regimens.
c. Identify the drug-related problems associated with management of patient with
Dyslipidemias, Hypertension, chronic stable angina, Acute coronary syndromes,
Ambulatory Heart failure, Acute Heart failure & Cardiogenic shock, Cardiac
Arrhythmias, Endocarditis, Thrombosis & Peripheral Vascular Disorders, Bronchial
asthma, COPD, Pneumonia, and Tuberculosis, and solve them with evidence-based
therapy.
d. Monitor therapeutic outcomes and adverse effects of drug therapy used in management of
patient with Dyslipidemias, Hypertension, chronic stable angina, Acute coronary
syndromes, Ambulatory Heart failure, Acute Heart failure & Cardiogenic shock, Cardiac
Arrhythmias, Endocarditis, Thrombosis & Peripheral Vascular Disorders, Bronchial
asthma, COPD, Pneumonia, and Tuberculosis.

3. Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility:


Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Demonstrate ability to work in group and take the responsibility for self-learning.

4. Communication, Information Technology, Numerical


Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Effectively communicate care plan and other related medical information to patient and
health care professionals.
b. Effectively use computer technologies that help in designing an individualized care plan
regimen

141
Contents:
 Dyslipldemias
 Hypertension
 Acute Heart failure&Cardiogenic shock
 Chronic Heart failure
 Thromboembolic disorders
 Coronary artery disease: (chronic stable angina)
 Acute coronary syndromes: (unstable angina & acute myocardial infarction)
 Arrhythmias
 Asthma
 Chronic obstructive pulmonary diseases
 Peripheral Vascular Disorders
 Community acquired pneumonia/nosocomial pneumonia
 Mycobacterium tuberculosis
 Endocarditis
Tutorial (small group discussion) Schedule:
 Dyslipldemias
 Hypertension
 Acute Heart failure &Cardiogenic shock
 Chronic Heart failure
 Thromboembolic disorders
 Coronary artery disease: (chronic stable angina)
 Acute coronary syndromes: (unstable angina & acute myocardial infarction)
 Arrhythmias
 Asthma
 Chronic obstructive pulmonary diseases
 Peripheral Vascular Disorders
 Community acquired pneumonia/nosocomial pneumonia
 Mycobacterium tuberculosis
 Endocarditis

Teaching/learning methods and Contact Hours


Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact 28 14 - - - 42 hours
Hours

142
The following teaching strategies are used:
 Team Based Learning (TBL)
 Lectures
 Case presentations

Assessment and grading plan:


Assessment method Proportion of Total
Assessment
1 Oral presentation 5%
2 Individual readiness assessment test (IRAT) 10%
3 Group readiness assessment test (GRAT) 10%
4 Mid-term I exam 10%
5 Objective Structured Clinical Pharmacy Exam (OSCPE) 15%
6 Final exam 50%

Course learning outcomes and Assessment


Course outcome Method of Assessment
1 Outcome 1 W, PB
2 Outcome 2 W, PB
3 Outcome 3 W, PB
4 Outcome 4 W, PB

W: Written PB: Performance-Based AP: Assignment Project P: Portfolio

143
Required Textbooks
 Mary Anne Koda-Kimble1 Lloyd Yee Young1 Wayne A. Kradjan1 B. Joseph
Guglielmo. Applied Therapeutics. The Clinical Use of Drugs. 10th edition (2013).
Lippincott Williams & Wilkins Publishers.
 Joseph T. Dipiro, Robert L. Talbert, Gary C. Yee, Gary R. Matzke1 Barbara G. Wells,
L. Michael Posey. Pharmacotherapy: A Pathophysiologlc Approach. 5th edition
(2002). McGrawHill/Appleton & Lange.
 In Schwinghammer, T. L., In Koehler, J. M., In Borchert, J. S., & In Slain, D. (2014).
Pharmacotherapy casebook: A patient-focused approach.
 Eric T. Q. Herfindal and Dick R. Gourley ~ditors), Greta K. Gourley (Editor), James
M. Holt (Editors).Textbook of Therapeutics: Drug and Disease Management. 7th
edition (2000).

Casebooks:
 Greta K. Gourley, James M. Holt (Editors) Casebook for Textbook of Therapeutics:
Drug and disease management. 7th edition (2000). Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
Publishers.
 Terry L. Schwlnghammer1 Joseph Dipiro, Robert Talbert, Gary Yee, Gary Matzke1
Barbara G. Wells, L. Michael Posey (Editors). Pharmacotherapy Casebook. 5th
edition (2002). McGrawHilvAppleton & Lange.

Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material


 Walker, R., & Edwards, C. (2003). Clinical pharmacy and therapeutics. Edinburgh:
Churchill Livingstone.
Electronic Materials
Online resources available at:
 http://www.library.qu.edu.sa/Pages/default.aspx
 http://www.pharmacylibrary.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/public/about
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com/ss/About.aspx
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/ss/About.aspx
 http://search.proquest.com/

144
Pharmacology-IV

Course Name: Pharmacology-lV 4-‫علم األدوية‬ :‫اسم المقرر‬


Course Code & No.: 334 PHG ‫ دوي‬334 :‫رقم المقرر ورمزه‬
Credits: 2 (2+0+0) 2(2+0+0) :‫عدد الساعات المعتمدة‬
Prerequisite: 324 PHG ‫ دوي‬324 :‫ السابق‬:‫المتطلب‬

Level: 7 7 :‫المستوى‬

Description:

This course is designed to teach about drugs related to endocrine hormonal system, including
drugs for diabetes mellitus, pituitary, adrenal and thyroid hormone disorders. Various drugs
involving gonads and benign prostate hyperplasia will be dealt in this course. This course will
also educate about for various gastrointestinal disorders, such peptic ulcer disease, diarrhea,
vomiting and constipation. Immune system modifying drugs will also be a part of this course and
general concepts of gene therapy and its future potential will be discussed. General
pharmacological profiles of drugs used in common skin disorders will also be covered.

Objectives:

 The following objectives will be covered:


 The pharmacological profile of the drugs related to endocrine hormonal system, including
drugs for diabetes mellitus, pituitary, adrenal,thyroid hormone disorders and gonads.
 Discussion of pharmacology of drugs used for various gastrointestinal disorders and skin
disorders
 Discussion of Immune system modifying drugs and general concepts of gene therapy and
its future potential.

Learning Outcomes:
1. Knowledge:
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Describe the diseases resulting from disturbances of various endocrine hormones and
their treatment.
b. Outline the rationale for hormone replacement therapy.
c. Describe various strategies available for treatment of diabetes mellitus common
gastrointestinal disorders, such as peptic ulcer disease, diarrhea, constipation
d. Discuss the mechanisms through which drugs stimulate or suppress the immune system.
e. List the common skin diseases and name the drugs used for their treatment.

145
2. Cognitive skills:
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Explain the regulatory control of hormonal actions
b. Explain the principles that underlie disorders, such as erectile dysfunction and benign
prostate hyperplasia, and the drugs used to treat them.

Contents:
 Endocrine hormones: Hypothalamic hormones
 Pituitary hormones
 Adrenal hormones
 Thyroid hormones
 Parathyroid hormones: Calcium and Bone homeostasis
 Gonads
 Drugs used for benign prostate hyperplasia (BPH)
 Drugs used for erectile dysfunction (ED)
 Antidiabetic drugs
 Insulins
 Hypoglycemic drugs
 Antihyperglycemic drugs
 G.I. Drugs:
 Anti-ulcer: H2-receptor antagonists, Proton pump inhibitors (PPIs), Cytoprotective drugs,
Antacids
 Anti-emetics
 Antidiarrheals
 Laxatives
 Immune system modifying drugs
 Drugs used for dermatological conditions

Teaching/learning methods and Contact hours

Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total


Contact
30 30
Hours
Credit 2 2
The following teaching strategies are used:
 Lectures

146
Assessment and grading plan:

S.no. Assessment method Proportion of Total Assessment


1 Mid-term I 20%
2 Mid-term II 20%
3 Final Exam 60%

Course outcome and Assessment

S.no. Course Outcome Method of Assessment


1 Outcome-1 W
2 Outcome-2 W
W: Written; PB: Performance based; AP: Assignment project; P: Portfolio

Required Textbooks
 Hadley, Mace E.: Endocrinology. 1999. Barnes and Noble.
 Brody, T.M.: Human Pharmacology: Molecular to Clinical 2003. Mosby - Year Book,
Inc.
 Struck Medical Office Pharmacology. 2002. Pearson Professional Education, Prentice
Hall, Blackwell Publishing Co.
Recommended textbooks and Reference material:
 Rang H.P., Dale M.M. and Ritter J.M. Pharmacology. Churchill Livingstone, New York.
Latest Edition.
 Lippincott's illustrated Reviews: Pharmacology, 4th Ed. 2008. Williams and Wilkins
Publisher Co., N.YRuth, Wood row Essentials of Pharmacology for Health Occupations,
2002. Academic Press.
Electronic Materials
Online resources available at:
 http://www.library.qu.edu.sa/Pages/default.aspx
 http://www.pharmacylibrary.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/public/about
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com/ss/About.aspx
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/ss/About.aspx
 http://search.proquest.com/

147
Toxicology
Course Name: Toxicology ‫علم السموم‬ :‫اسم المقرر‬
Course Code & No.: 333 PHG ‫ دوي‬333 :‫ ورمزه‬:‫رقم المقرر‬
Credits: 2(2+0+0) 2(2+0+0) :‫عدد الساعات المعتمدة‬
Prerequisite: 224PHG ‫ دوي‬224 :‫المتطلب السابق‬
Level: 7 7 :‫المستوى‬

Description:
This course is concerned with the basic principle of toxicology and different disciplines of
toxicology, the mechanisms of toxicity and management of the common toxicities. Also, it
concerned with serious consequences of exposure to drugs and chemicals with especial
considerations with maternal, fetal and neonatal health.

Objectives
This course aims to introduce students to:
 General principles of toxicology
 Non-organ-directed toxicity (carcinogenicity, mutagenicity, and teratogenicity)
 The target organ toxicity
 The environmental toxicology
 Course learning outcomes:

Learning Outcomes

1. Knowledge
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. State the general procedures for management of poisoning
b. Outline the general mechanisms of the common poisons
c. List the common drugs which have toxic effects on the heart, liver, kidneys, lungs and
brain
d. Indicate the mechanism of toxicity of the common drugs on the heart, liver, kidneys,
lungs and brain
e. Outline the toxicity of the environmental pollutants.
f. Outline the toxicity of the common heavy metals poisoning

148
2. Cognitive Skills
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Explain the biochemical and cellular mechanisms that underlie the common toxicities of
drugs and chemicals
b. Differentiate between the mechanisms involved in drug-induced tetratogenicity,
mutagenicity or carcinogenicity
c. Explain the drug-Drug, drug-food interactions of commonly used drugs
d. Describe the mechanism of drug-induced allergies

3. Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility


a. Write the toxicological history
b. Evaluate the intoxicated patient

Course Contents:
 General principles of management of poisoning.
 General mechanisms of toxicity.
 Roles of free radicals in induction of diseases.
 Environmental pollutants.
 Drug-Drug interactions.
 Drug-food interactions.
 Drug-induced allergies. Iatrogenic diseases.
 Heavy metals poisoning.
 Groups of drugs that are toxic to:
 Heart
 Liver
 Kidneys
 Lungs
 Brain
 Teratogenic agents
 Mutagenic agents
 Carcinogenic agents

Teaching/learning methods and Contact Hours


Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact 30 - - - - 30 hours
Hours

149
The following teaching strategies are used:
 Lectures

Assessment and grading plan:


Assessment method Proportion of Total Assessment
1 Mid-term Iexam 20%
2 Mid-term II exam 20%
3 Final exam 60%

Course outcomes and Assessment


Course outcome Method of Assessment
1 Outcome 1 W
2 Outcome 2 W, PB
3 Outcome 3 W, PB

W: Written PB: Performance-Based AP: Assignment Project P: Portfolio

Required Textbooks
 Casarite and Doulls Toxicity, The Basic Science of Poisoning. 8 edition. 2013. McGraw-
Hill.
 Hodgson, E., Smart, Robert, C., Introduction to Biochemical Toxicology. 2001. Barnes
and Noble.
 Greenberg, M.l. (2003). Occupational, Industrial and Environmental Toxicology. Elsevier
Science. N.Y.
Casebooks:
 Fenton JJ. (2012): TOXICOLOGY: A Case-Oriented Approach. CRC Press LLC
Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material
 Shannon MW, Borron SW, Burns MJ. Haddad and Winchester’s Clinical Management of
Poisoning and Drug Overdose. 4th ed. 2007. Elsevier’s Health Sciences.
 Olson KR. Poisoning and Drug Overdose. 5th ed. . McGraw-Hill. 2006
Electronic Materials
Online resources available at:
 http://www.library.qu.edu.sa/Pages/default.aspx
 http://www.pharmacylibrary.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/public/about
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com/ss/About.aspx
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/ss/About.aspx
 http://search.proquest.com/

150
Pharmaceutical Biotechnology
Course Name: Pharmaceutical Biotechnology ‫التقنية الحيوية الصيدالنية‬ ‫اسم‬
:‫المقرر‬
Course Code & No.: 335 PHT ‫صيد‬33٥ ‫رقم المقرر‬
:‫ورمزه‬
Credits:2 (2+0+0) 2(2+0+0) ‫عدد‬
Prerequisite: 212 PHT ‫دوي‬212
::‫الساعات‬
‫المتطلب‬
:‫المعتمدة‬
Level:7 :‫السابق‬
7 :‫المستوى‬

Description:
The student's basic biochemistry and pharmacy education will be expanded with current
concepts in biochemistry, molecular biology, analytical techniques, drug development, delivery
and formulation relevant to the use and development of biotechnology-derived products,
including protein and nucleic-based pharmaceuticals. The course provides extensive coverage of
both basic science and applications of biotechnology-produced pharmaceutical, with special
emphasis on their clinical use and applications.

Objectives:
This course aims to introduce students to:
 To describe the current concepts in biochemistry, molecular biology, analytical
techniques, drug development, delivery and formulation relevant to the use and
development of biotechnology-derived products, including protein and nucleic-based
pharmaceuticals.
 To explain extensively both basic science and applications of biotechnology-produced
pharmaceutical, with special emphasis on their clinical use and applications.

Learning Outcomes

1. Knowledge
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Record, label, or dispense (knowledge of how) of protein based products.
2. Cognitive skills
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able
a. Prepare, explain, and interpret the clinical applications of biotechnology and
biotechnology related products, including biopharmaceutical considerations.
b. Predict gene therapy outcomes recombinant vaccine applications and outcomes
c. Comparethe pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic of peptides and proteins drugs with
that of other chemical compounds.

151
3. Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
Judge and justify responsibly while communicating with healthcare teams on problems and
issues related to use of recombinant protein as medicines

4. Communication, Information Technology, Numerical


a. Illustrate and assess, using computer programs and bioinformatics, structures and
functions of complex genetic, genomics, or chemical products produced by
biotechnology

Course Contents:
 Overview, Biotechnology
 Background, Cell and Molecular Biology
 Tools for Molecular Analysis
 Cloning, Combining Molecular Tools for Recombinant Product Development Production
ofBiotech Compounds
 Formulation of Biotech Products including Biopharmaceutical Considerations Genetics in
 Drug Therapy
 Treatment Options Protein Drug Development Related Products Antibodies,
 Immunotherapy and Vaccines
 Insulin and Growth Hormones
 The impact of Biotechnology on Drug Discovery

Teaching/learning methods and Contact Hours


Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact 28 - - - 28 hours
Hours

The following teaching strategies are used:


 Didactic lecture (main graded)
 Assignment
 Online Training
 Workshops
 Group discussions
 Seminar/Presentation (occasionally)

152
Assessment and grading plan:
Assessment method Proportion of Total
Assessment
1 Mid-term I exam 20%
2 Mid-term II exam 20%
3 Final exam 60%

Course outcomes and Assessment


Course outcome Method of Assessment
1 Outcome 1 W
2 Outcome 2 W

Required Textbooks
 Daan J.A. Crommelin and Robert D. Sindelar (editors), Pharmaceutical Biotechnology:
An Introduction to Pharmacists and Pharmaceutical Scientists, 1St. edition, 1997.
Haiwood AcademicPublisher, Amsterdam, the Netherlands.
 Rodney J.Y. Ho and Milo Gibaldi, Biotechnology and Biopharmaceuticals: Transforming
Proteinsand Genes into Drugs, 1st. edition, 2003. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., Hoboken, NJ.
 Gary Walsh, Biopharmaceuticals: Biochemistry and Biotechnology, 1st. edition, 2002,
John Wiley& Sons, Inc., West Sussex, England, ISBN: 0471977896
 Susanna Wu-Pong and Yongyut Rojanasakul (editors), Biopharmaceutical Drug Design
and Development, 1st. edition, 1999, Humana Press, Totowa, NJ, ISBN: 089603891x
Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material
 Pharmaceutical Biotechnology: fundamentals and applications, 3rd edition, Informa
Healthcare.

153
Basic Pharmacokinetics
Course Name: Basic Pharmacokinetics ‫أسس حركية الدواء‬ :‫اسم المقرر‬
Course Code & No.: 336 PHT ‫ مصد‬336 :‫ ورمزه‬:‫رقم المقرر‬
Credits:2(2+0+1) 2(2+0+1) :‫ المعتمدة‬:‫عدد الساعات‬
Prerequisite:135MATH 135 ‫ريض‬ :‫ السابق‬:‫المتطلب‬
Level:7 7 :‫المستوى‬

Description:
This course is designed to acquaint the student with the fundamental concepts that determine the
time course of drug concentrations in the body, during single and chronic dosing. The course will
cover the basic principles and concepts of pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics that affect
the absorption, distribution, metabolism, excretion and action of drugs in the body.

Course objectives:
 The fundamental concepts that determine elimination, distribution, absorption and time
course of drug concentrations in the body, during single and chronic dosing.
 Principles for the design of dosage regimen for an individual patient for different routes
of drug administration

Learning outcomes:

1. Knowledge:
a. Define the different pharmacokinetic models and parameters.
b. Describe the characteristics of linear and non-linear pharmacokinetics.
c. Describe the rout of drug administration and define drug clearance
d. Memorize the basic equations used in pharmacokinetic

2. Cognitive Skills:
a. Calculation of maintenance and loading dose for different rout of administration
b. Calculation of drug concentration at any given time after drug administration for different
rout of administration

3. Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility:


a. a Choose the appropriate dose and time interval to achieve the desired drug concentration
in plasma.

4- Communication, information Technology, Numerical:

154
a. Calculate slope and intercept by using scientific calculator
5- Psychomotor:
b. Draw data on semi log and ordinary paper to estimate pharmacokinetic parameters.

Course Contents:
 Introduction in Pharmacokinetics
 Pharmacokinetics models and methods of determination of drug concentration
 Compartmental pharmacokinetics model
 One compartment mode IV bolus injection
 Two compartment mode IV bolus injection
 Single orally administration
 Intravenous infusion (IV infusion)
 I.V infusion plus loading dose
 Multiple IV administration
 Multiple orally administration
 Non- linear pharmacokinetics

Tutorial schedule:
 Comparing between zero order and first order reaction..
 Plotting of data on rectangular and semi-logarithmic scales.
 Calculation of pharmacokinetic parameters using one compartment model: IV bolus.
 Calculation of pharmacokinetic parameters using urine sample after IV bolus by using the
Rate method
 Calculation of pharmacokinetic parameters using urine sample after IV bolus by using the
Sigma minus method
 Calculation of pharmacokinetic parameters using two compartment model: IV
bolus.(Residual method)
 Calculation area under the plasma drug concentration curve [AUC} after IV bolus and
after single orally administration.
 Calculation of pharmacokinetic parameters after single orally administration (Residual
method).
 Calculation of Cssand infusion rate from IV infusion data (slow infusion)
 Calculation of Cssand infusion rate from IV infusion data (rapid and slow infusion)
 Calculation of loading dose in combination with IV infusion
 Calculation of drug concentration at any given time during multiple IV administration
 Calculation of drug concentration at any given time during multiple orally administration
 Dose design regimen for multiple IV (time interval, maintenance dose and loading dose).

155
 Dose design regimen for multiple oral administrations (time interval, maintenance dose
and loading dose).
Teaching/learning methods and Contact Hours
Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact Hours 30 - 15 - 45 hours

The following teaching strategies are used:


 Team Learning (Tutorial)
 Lectures
Assessment and grading plan:
Assessment method Proportion of Total Assessment
1 Mid-term I exam 20%
2 Mid-term II exam 20%
3 Final exam 60%

Course outcomes and Assessment


Course outcome Method of Assessment
1 Outcome 1 W
2 Outcome 2 W
3 Outcome 3 W
4 Outcome 4 W
5 Outcome 5 W
Required Textbooks

W: Written

156
 M. Gibaldi and D. Perrier, Pharmacokinetics, Marcel Dekker, Inc., NY, USA. 2nd
Edition, 1982.
 L. Shargel and A.B.C. Yu, Applied Biopharmaceutics and Pharmacokinetics, Appleton &
Lange, Stanford, CT, USA. 5th edition, 2005.
 WA. Ritschel and G.L. Keams, Handbook of Basic Pharmacokinetics Including Clinical
Applications, American Pharmaceutical Association, Washington, DC, USA.
 A.R. Gennaro, Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, Mack Publishing Co.,
Easton, PA, USA.7th edition, 2009.
Electronic Materials
Online resources available at:
 http://www.library.qu.edu.sa/Pages/default.aspx
 http://www.pharmacylibrary.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/public/about
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com/ss/About.aspx
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/ss/About.aspx
 http://search.proquest.com/
Radiopharmacy
Course Name: Radiopharmacy ‫ المستحضرات الصيدالنية المشعة‬:‫إسم المقرر‬
Course Code & No.: 332 PHC ‫ كمص‬332 :‫رقم المقرر ورمزه‬
Credits:1(1+0+0) 1(1+0+0) :‫عدد الساعات المعتمدة‬
Prerequisite: 320 PHC ‫ كمص‬320 :‫المتطلب السابق‬
Level:7 7 :‫المستوى‬

Description:
This course will deal with the atomic & nuclear structure and, the reasons that lead to
phenomenon of radioactivity. This also includes the radioactivity detectors, production of
radioisotopes, preparation and, quality control of radiopharmaceuticals anlong with their
specific use in different physiological conditions. The radiation hazards involved with radiation
exposure and, protection from them will also be imparted.

Objectives:
 Understanding the radioactivity, radionuclide decay and, half-life of radioisotopes.
 Outline the identity of different radioisotopes.
 Acquire the knowledge and, skills to produce and, appropriately use radioisotopes &
radiopharmaceuticals in research and/or, in clinical applications.

Learning Outcomes:

Knowledge:

157
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Describe radiation and, types of particles emitted from radionuclide.
b. Recognize the hazards involved with radiation exposure and, recommend precautionary
measures.
c. Describe different techniques to produce and identify different radioisotopes and,
radiopharmaceuticals.
d. Recognize radionuclides bio-applications in therapy and diagnostics

Cognitive Skills:
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Differentiate different types of radioactivity detectors & counters and, judge their
applicability.
Communication, Information Technology, Numerical:
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Calculate the half-life of radionuclide and, decipher the labels on radiopharmaceuticals.

Course Contents:
 Atomic structure (electronic structure of the atom, nuclear structure, the difference
between chemical reactions and nuclear reactions)
 Isotopes (stable and radioactive isotopes, naturally occurring and artificially produced
isotopes)
 Radioactive decay (decay mechanisms, radioactivity, definition, units and calculations,
decay equations (transmutations, half-life and its significant, 14C Dating).
 Instruments and detectors for measuring radioactivity (Gas-filled detectors, liquid
scintillators, solid scintillators, gamma counters and cameras).
 Production of radionuclides (reactors, cyclotron, generators)
 Radiolabeling
 Pharmacopoeial Monographs (British Pharmacopoea”BP”, European Pharmacopoea
“EP”, United States Pharmacopoea “USP”)
 Identification tests
 (99mTc and 123I human serum albumin by electrophoresis, 14C Urea by
chromatography)
 Quality control of radiopharmaceuticals (radiochemical purity systems for
radiopharmaceuticals, TLC for technetium radiopharmaceuticals, TLC for other
radiopharmaceuticals, solid phase extraction cartridge methods
 Formulary Section (non-radioactive reagents and diluents, radiopharmaceuticals,
Technetium labeled denatured RBCs, Technetium in vitro labeling of RBCs,
radiopharmaceuticals for gastric emptying, methods for concentrating 99mTC generator
eluate)

158
 Adverse reactions and effects (adverse reactions and symptoms following administration,
Unanticipated biodistribution of radiopharmaceuticals

Teaching /Learning Methods and Contact Hours:


Lectur Tutorial Laborator Practical Other: Total
e y
Contact 15 - - - Office Contact Hours, 2 15
Hours Hours per Week,
Optional for Students

The following teaching strategies are used:


 Lecture
 Interactive Discussions
 Query Sessions/Problem Solving
 Recommendations to visit regional/local radio pharmacy facility

Assessment & Grading Plan:


Assessment Method Proportion of Total Assessment
1. Midterm Test I 20%
2. Midterm Test II 20%
3. Final Examination 60%

Course Outcomes & Assessment:


Course Outcome Method of Assessment
1 Outcome 1 W
2 Outcome 2 W
3 Outcome 3 W
W: written

Required TextBook(s):
 Textbook of Radiopharmacy. Theory and Practice. Ed CB Sampson.
Radiopharmaceutical in Nuclear Pharmacy and Nuclear Medicine, Amazon, 2nd
edition
Additional Suggested Readings:
 Fundamentals of Nuclear Pharmacy, 6th Ed. Gopal B Saha, Springer, New York.
 The Radiopharmacy, A Technologist's Guide, EANM (European Association of

159
NucleaMedicine), Lantheus Medical Imaging, USA

Electronic Materials
 Access Pharmacy
 Pharmacy Library
 http://www.library.qu.edu.sa/Pages/default.aspx

Pharmacogenomics
Course Name: Pharmacogenomics ‫الصيدلة الجينية‬ :‫اسم المقرر‬
Course Code & No.: 338 PHG ‫دوي‬٨ :‫رقم المقرر ورمزه‬
Credits:2 (2+0+0) 2(2+0+0) :‫عدد الساعات المعتمدة‬
Prerequisite: 324PHG ‫دوي‬٤ :‫المتطلب السابق‬
Level:7 7 :‫المستوى‬

Description:
This course provided pharmacy students with an understanding of pharmacogenetics ranging
from genetic principles and the inheritance of complex traits to specific examples of
pharmacogenomics in drug therapy.

Objectives
This course aims to introduce students to:
Explain the principles of pharmacogenomics ranging from genetic principles and the inheritance
of complex traits to specific examples of pharmacogenomics in drug therapy.
Understand the principles and applications of human genetics and genomics in drug therapy
optimization, patient care, and genetic counseling.

160
Understand environmental and genetic factors in disease and therapy, and predictive testing in
genetic disorders.

Learning Outcomes

Knowledge:
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Describe the principles and applications of human genetics and genomics in drug therapy
optimization, patient care, and counseling.

Cognitive skills
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Predict how alleles segregate and analyze different types of environmental and genetic
factors that affect development of the allele phenotype, including drug response and
explain the multifactorial nature of most human traits, including drug response
b. Interpret how human genetic variation affects drug metabolism, activation, and
disposition and how polymorphisms and linkage are used to identify candidate genes.
c. Predict and estimate the advantages, limitations, and dangers of predictive testing for
genetic disease and drug response and analyze legal and ethical issues in genetic testing
and patient stratification in clinical trials.

Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility


a. Able to responsibly apply human genetics and genomics in drug therapy optimization,
patient care, and counseling and recommend most appropriate therapy.

Communication, Information Technology, Numerical (minor)


Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Uses and applications of the many comprehensive genomic databases and resources on
the Internet.

Course Contents:
• Introduction
• The case for Pharmacogenomics
• The history of genetics and Pharmacogenetics
• Information flow in biological systems
• Gene Expression – transcription and translation
• Genes in Pedigrees – Information Transmission/Inheritance
• Mendelian Transmission Patterns
• Dominance/Recessive expression patterns
• Sex-linkage

161
• Factors Affecting Gene Frequencies
• Selection
• Race/ethnicity and ancestral or geographic origin of alleles
• Population Genetics and Evolution
• Gene and allele frequencies
• Hardy-Weinberg Equilibria
• Population Structure/admixture
• Genes in Pedigrees – Information Transmission/Inheritance
• Genetic Mapping
• Pedigree Analysis
• Locus and Allelic Heterogeneity
• Quantitative Genetics and Multifactorial Inheritance
• Polygenic traits and environmental factors
• Genetic markers and linkage mapping
• The Human Genome - the organization and structure of genomes
• Genetic Data and the Internet
• Navigating the National Center for Biotechnology Information (NCBI)
• Navigating the Pharmacogenetics and Pharmacogenomics Knowledge Base (PharmGKB)
• Genome Evolution
• Mechanisms of gene duplication and development of gene families
• Paralogs versus Orthologues
• The Human Genome - Organization and structure of genomes
• Genomes – Diversity, Size and Structure
• Genomic Technologies: Microarrays and Quantitative PCR
• Drug Target Pharmacogenomics
• Drug transporters
• Drug metabolizing enzymes
• Cellular signaling pathways
• Guest Lecture: Pharmacogenomics: Oncology and Hematology
• Guest Lecture: Pharmacogenetics: Cardiovascular Diseases
• Guest Lecture: Pharmacogenetics: Transplantation
• Guest Lecture: Central Nervous System and Psychiatry Pharmacogenetics

Teaching/learning methods and Contact Hours


Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact 30 - - - 30 hours
Hours

162
The following teaching strategies are used:
Required References
 Pharmacogenomics. Applications to Patient Care. American College Clinical Pharmacy,
KansasCity, MO. 2004.

Course outcome Method of Assessment


1 Outcome 1 W
2 Outcome 2 W

 Didactic lecture
 Group discussions

Assessment and grading plan:


Assessment method Proportion of Total
Assessment
1 Mid-term I exam 15%
2 Midterm II exam 15%
3 Final exam 60%

Course outcomes and Assessment

Key: W: Written PB: Performance-Based AP: Assignment Project P: Portfolio

163
 Pharmacogenomics. Applications to Patient Care. American College Clinical Pharmacy,
Kansas.
Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material
 Motulsky AG. Drug reactions, enzymes, and biochemical genetics. JAMA. 1957;
165:835-7.
 Sansgiry SS, Kulkarni AS. The Human Genome Project: assessing confidence in
knowledge andtraining requirements for community pharmacists. Am J Pharm Educ.
2003; 67(2): Article 39.
 AACP Final Report of the 2001-02 Academic Affairs Committee. Pharmacogenomics: a
scientific revolution in pharmaceutical sciences and pharmacy practice. Available at:
http://www.aacp.org/
 Docs/AACPFunctions/Governance/6103_AcademicAffrsfinalreport.pdf
 Latif DA, McKay AB. Pharmacogenetics and Pharmacogenomics Instruction in colleges
andschools of Pharmacy in the United States. Am J Pharm Educ. 2005; 69(2): Article 23.
 Wilson JF, Weale ME, Smith AC, et al. Population genetic structure of variable drug
response.Nat Genetics. 2001; 29:265-29.
 Korf BR. Integration of genetics into clinical teaching in medical school education. Genet
Med.2002; 4:S33-38.
 Wilson JF, Weale ME, Smith AC, et al. Population genetic structure of variable drug
response.Nat Genetics. 2001; 29:265-29.
Electronic Materials

Motulsky AG. Drug reactions, enzymes, and biochemical genetics. JAMA. 1957;
165:835-7.
 Sansgiry SS, Kulkarni AS. The Human Genome Project: assessing confidence in
knowledge andtraining requirements for community pharmacists. Am J Pharm Educ.
2003; 67(2): Article 39.
 AACP Final Report of the 2001-02 Academic Affairs Committee. Pharmacogenomics: a
scientific revolution in pharmaceutical sciences and pharmacy practice. Available at:
http://www.aacp.org/
 Docs/AACPFunctions/Governance/6103_AcademicAffrsfinalreport.pdf
 Latif DA, McKay AB. Pharmacogenetics and Pharmacogenomics Instruction in colleges
andschools of Pharmacy in the United States. Am J Pharm Educ. 2005; 69(2): Article 23.
 Wilson JF, Weale ME, Smith AC, et al. Population genetic structure of variable drug
response.Nat Genetics. 2001; 29:265-29.
 Korf BR. Integration of genetics into clinical teaching in medical school education. Genet
Med.2002; 4:S33-38.
 Wilson JF, Weale ME, Smith AC, et al. Population genetic structure of variable drug

164
response.Nat Genetics. 2001; 29:265-29.
Course Name: Dispensing of Medications ‫تجهيز الوصفات الصيدلية‬ :‫اسم المقرر‬

Dispensing of Medications

165
Course Code & No.: 337 PHT ‫ صيد‬337 :‫رقم المقرر ورمزه‬
Credits:3(2+1+0) 3(2+1+0) :‫عدد الساعات المعتمدة‬
Prerequisite:323PHT ‫صيد‬323 :‫المتطلب السابق‬
Level:7 7 :‫المستوى‬

Description:
In this course, students will apply previously acquired knowledge to the practice of dispensing
medications. Comparative evaluation of commonly prescribed and some non-prescribed drugs
will be discussed. Different criteria used for selection of drugs and pharmaceutical products will
be emphasized. Drug interactions and prescriptions for different groups of patients will be
discussed.

Objectives:
 Knowledge of medical prescription,drug interactions and drug dispensing in different
types of patients.
 Criteria used for selection of drugs and pharmaceutical products and appropriate
recommendations on the use of commonly prescribed pharmaceutical products.
 How to process prescriptions and dispense medications
 How to perform calculations in dispensing of medication.

Learning outcomes

Knowledge
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Define different types of drug interactions.
b. List theprescription abbreviations, error-prone abbreviations, Symbols, and Dose
Designations.
c. Outline the appropriate procedure used in dispensing prescriped pharmaceutical products.
d. Describe the appropriate extemporaneous compounding of Rifampin suspension as a
prescribed preparations.
Cognitive Skills
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Convert the units of Metric System from one to another (e.g. grams to kilograms or vice
versa)
b. Demonstrate the appropriate procedure used for dispensing prescriped pharmaceutical
products including controlled medications
c. Perform the extemporaneous compounding of prescribed medication.
d. Familiarity with unit dose system

166
e. Demonstrate the techniques to use various Inhalers (metered dose inhaler, dry powder
inhaler), Insulin pens, aero chambers, skin patches.
f. Identify medication errors (prescription errors and dispensing errors).
g. Labelling the prescribed product and learn the use of various auxiliary labels for different
prescribed products.
h. Preparing, handling, reading, reviewing and understanding the prescriptions

Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility


Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Evaluate the componants of medical prescription

Communication, Information Technology, Numerical


Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Demonstrate commonication skills in patient counselling on how to use medications
approppriatly.

Contents:
 Apply previously taught knowledge in the practice of dispensing.
 Reviewing, Understanding and Evaluating Prescription and Medication orders
 Processing Prescriptions and Patient Counseling
 Identify Drug interactions (Drug-Drug, Drug-Food)
 Learn the different criteria used for selection of drugs and pharmaceutical products.
 Controlled Medication prescriptions and dispensing
 Comparative study between prescription of various age groups (Pediatrics, Geriatrics,
Pregnancy and Breast Feeding)
 Identify medication errors (prescription errors and dispensing errors)
 Learn how to provide the appropriate recommendations on the use of commonly
prescribed drugs.
 Learn how to provide the appropriate recommendations on the use of some non-
prescription pharmaceutical products.
 Appreciate the differences between normal adults and some other groups of patients (e.g.
pediatrics) and learn the basic knowledge of prescriptions for such groups.
 Learn the basic knowledge of pharmacokinetic drug interactions and be able to detect
drug interactions in medical prescriptions.
 Learn how to perform the appropriate extemporaneous compounding of selected
commonly prescribed preparations.
Teaching/learning methods and Contact Hours
Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total

167
Contact 25 hours 18
Hours 43
Credit 3
45

The following teaching strategies are used:


 Lectures
 Practical
Assessment and grading plan:
Assessment method Proportion of Total Assessment
1 Mid-term I exam 15%
2 Mid-term 2 exam 15%
3 Practical Exam (Mock Pharmacy) 20%
4 Final exam 50%

Course outcomes and Assessment


Course outcome Method of Assessment
1 Outcome 1 W
2 Outcome 2 W
3 Outcome 3 W
4 Outcome 4 PB

W: Written PB: Performance-Based AP: Assignment Project P: Portfolio

Required Textbooks
 Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy / Edition 21 by Lippincott Williams &
Wilkins.

168
 L. Shargel, A. Mutnick, L. Swanson. Comprehensive Pharmacy Review.
Essential References Materials
 American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information. Latest Edition. American
Society of Health System.
 The Pharmaceutical Press. W. Lund.
Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material
 Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy / Edition 21 by Lippincott Williams &
Wilkins
 Comprehensive Pharmacy Review by Leon Shargel PhD RPh, Alan H.
 Drug Facts and Comparisons, Latest Edition, Facts and Comparison.
 Facts and Comparison Drug Interactions, Latest Edition, Facts and Comparison. A.R.
Gennaro, ed., Remington. The Science and Practice or Pharmacy, Latest edition. Mack
Publishing Co.
 American Hospital Formulary Service Drug Information. Latest Edition. American
Society of Health System.
 The Pharmaceutical Codex: Principles and Practice of Pharmaceutics. Latest Edition.
Rittenhouse Book Distributors.
 Handbook of Non-prescription Drug. Latest Edition. American Pharmaceutical
Association.
Electronic Materials
 http://www.library.qu.edu.sa/Pages/default.aspx
 http://www.pharmacylibrary.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/public/about
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com/ss/About.aspx
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/ss/About.aspx
 http://search.proquest.com/

Biopharmaceutics
Course Name: Biopharmaceutics ‫صيدلة حيوية‬ :‫اسم المقرر‬
Course Code & No.: 345 PHT ‫ مصد‬345 :‫رقم المقرر‬
:‫ورمزه‬

169
Credits:2 (2+0+0) 2(2+0+0) :‫عدد الساعات‬
335‫مصد‬ :‫المعتمدة‬
Prerequisite: 335 PHT :‫المتطلب‬
Level: 8 :‫السابق‬
8 :‫المستوى‬

Description:
This course will deal with the effects of the physicochemical properties of the drug, the
formulation factors, the dosage form, the route of administration and the physiological factors on
the rate and extent of systemic drug absorption. Also in vitro methods and the application of
different equations used to study the dissolution from dosage forms will be discussed. The
concept of clearance and the mathematical relationships that describe drug – protein binding and
methods used for study and calculation of dissolution parameters from dosage forms.

Objectives:
1. The concepts of biopharmaceutics terminology and principles of drug transfer from the dosage
form to the gastrointestinal fluids as well as the arrival of drug at the systemic circulation after
oral administration.
2. Principles and applications of formulation factors affecting oral absorption.
3- Mathematical relationships that describe drug – protein binding and methods used for
estimating of dissolution parameters for dosage forms.

Learning outcomes:

1- Knowledge:
a. Define the concepts of bioavailability and bioequivalence.
b. Describe the mechanisms of drug transport and drug release from dosage forms
c. List formulation factors affecting oral absorption
d. Memorize the basic equations used in protein binding and drug dissolution
2- Cognitive Skills:
a. Explain the relationship among physicochemical and biological factors, dosage forms,
routes of administration and therapeutic outcomes
b. Estimate the absolute and relative drug bioavailability using plasma and urinary data.
c. Calculation of protein binding parameters
d. Compare between different dosage forms.
e. Explain how formulation additives affect drug absorption and drug bioavailability

3- Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility:


a. Demonstrate understanding of the physiological and biological factors that affect drug
absorption

170
b.. Illustrate the principles of pharmaceutics and biopharmaceutics in dosage form design and
development.
4- Communication, information Technology, Numerical:
a. Evaluate biopharmaceutics studies involving drug product equivalency
b. Calculate slope and intercept by using scientific calculator
5- Psychomotor:
a. Draw data on semi log and ordinary paper to estimate protein binding parameters

Course Contents:
 Introduction in Biopharmaceutics
 Rate parameters and physical processes relevant to drug absorption
 Relative &absolute bioavailability
 Supply of the gastrointestinal fluids with drug
 Delivery of the drug to and removal of drug from uptake sites
 physicochemical factors effecting the oral drug absorption
 Dissolution from immediate release tablets
 Dissolution from powders and hard gelatin capsules
 Similarity and dissimilarity factors
 Protein binding and Volume of distribution
 Renal and hepatic clearance
 Modified release drug products, osmotic extended release products. Drug release from
matrix, polymeric matrix tablets

Teaching/learning methods and Contact Hours


Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact 30 - - - - 30 hours
Hours

The following teaching strategies are used:


Lectures

Assessment and grading plan:


Assessment method Proportion of Total
Assessment

171
1 Mid-term I exam 20%
2 Mid-term II exam 20%
3 Final exam 60%

Course outcomes and Assessment

Course outcome Method of Assessment


1 Outcome 1 W
2 Outcome 2 W
3 Outcome 3 W
4 Outcome 4 W
5 Outcome 5 W

W: Written

Required Textbooks
 L. Shargel and A.B.C. YU, Applied Biopharmaceutics and Pharmacokinetics, Appleton
&Langel McGraw-Hill, NY, USA. 5th edition, 2005
 M. Gibaldi, Biopharmaceutics and Clinical pharmacokinetics, Latest edition, Lea and
Febiger,Philadelphia, USA. 4th edition, 1991

Electronic Materials
Online resources available at:
 http://www.library.qu.edu.sa/Pages/default.aspx
 http://www.pharmacylibrary.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/public/about
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com/ss/About.aspx
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/ss/About.aspx
 http://search.proquest.com/

Clinical Communication Skills

172
Course Name: Clinical Communication Skills ‫مهارات التواصل اإلكلينيكية‬ ‫اسم‬
:‫المقرر‬
Course Code & No.: 342 PHP ‫ مصد‬342 ‫رقم المقرر‬
:‫ورمزه‬
Credits:2(2+0+0) 2(2+0+0) ‫عدد‬
:‫الساعات‬
Prerequisite: None ‫بدون‬ :‫المتطلب‬
:‫المعتمدة‬
Level: 8 8 :‫السابق‬
‫المستوى‬

Description:
This course emphasize on specific tools and techniques for improving effective listening and
responding skills in clinical communication with different communication styles with patients.
Through interactive lectures, class discussions, simulation and role playing by students to apply
clinical communication tools and strategies

Objectives:
This course aims to introduce students to
Basic skills of clinical communication in patient centered care through verbal and non-verbal
communication of patients with good questioning, active listening and patient interviewing skills
and removing of potential barriers for patient counseling to achieve the therapeutic outcome
Attitudes, behavior and strategies to communicate effectively with different type of patients and
tools to counsel patients beyond stereotyping and build rapport, improve quality of interpersonal
relationships and overall healthcare team performance.
Electronic method of communications.

Learning Outcomes:
1. Knowledge
Upon successful completion of the course students will be able to:
a. Describe importance of communication in meeting patient care responsibilities.
b. State different barriers in communication skills
c. Summarize listening, responding and explaining skills in communication
d. Discuss effective communication skills with children, elderly, people with mental
problems, low health literacy and with disabilities.
2. Cognitive skills
a. Apply motivational interviewing principles and strategies to improve patient compliance
b. Identify types of errors in communicating with healthcare providers and its potential
solutions

173
Interpersonal skills and responsibility
a. Show interest in interviewing the patients using communication skills.

Communication, Information technology and numerical skills


a. Use of internet and email for interpersonal communication

Course Contents:
 Introduction to the basics of interpersonal communication.
 Tools and types of communication
 The basics of verbal & non - verbal cues. The questioning skills.
 The listening skills.
 The responding skills.
 The expressing & explaining skills.
 How to handle differences-conflict effectively.
 Gathering and presenting information.
 Rapport: How to strengthen it and how to respond when you lose it.
 Ten Common Errors - and how to avoid them - in communication, leadership and
negotiation.
 Dealing with negative communication.
 The sender-receiver relationship.
 Effective meetings.
 Effective presentation skills.
Teaching/learning methods and Contact Hours
Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact 30 - - - - 30 hours
Hours
The following teaching strategies are used:
 Lectures
 Class discussions
Assessment and grading plan:
Assessment method Proportion of Total Assessment
1 Mid Term 1 15%
2 Mid Term 2 15%
3 Role Playing (Mock Pharmacy) 10%
4 Final Exam 60%

174
Course outcomes and Assessment
Course outcome Method of Assessment
1 Outcome 1 W
2 Outcome 2 W
3 Outcome 3 W
4 Outcome 4 W

W: Written PB: Performance-Based AP: Assignment Project P: Portfolio

Required Textbook
 Tindall WN, Beardsley RS, Kimberlin CL. Communication Skills in pharmacy practice.
4th. Edition, 2002. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.
Electronic Materials
Online resources available at:
 http://www.library.qu.edu.sa/Pages/default.aspx
 http://www.pharmacylibrary.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/public/about
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com/ss/About.aspx
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/ss/About.aspx
 http://search.proquest.com/

175
Ethics in Pharmacy
Course Name: Ethics in Pharmacy ‫أخالقيات الصيدلة‬ :‫اسم المقرر‬
Course Code & No.: 341 PHP ‫ مصد‬341 :‫رقم المقرر ورمزه‬
Credits:2(2+0+0) 2(2+0+0) :‫عدد الساعات المعتمدة‬
Prerequisite:102 IC ‫سلم‬102 :‫المتطلب السابق‬
Level:8 8 :‫المستوى‬

Description:
This course introduces the basic principles of professional ethics to the students pertaining to
healthcare in general and pharmacy practice in particular. This course makes the pharmacists to
use their ethical knowledge and skills for the benefit of patients and other healthcare providers to
be just and fair in their services to the public.

Objectives:
This course aims to introduce students to:
Basic principles of professional ethics in pharmacy practice and ethical requirements in
preserving patient’s rights, confidentiality and autonomy and taking decisions for their benefit.
Ethical requirements and criteria in community pharmacy, research, therapeutic drug selection
and interchange, drug promotion and use of drugs in sports
Ethical cases and pharmacist’s decision based on professional ethical values.

Learning outcomes

1. Knowledge
By the end of this course, students will be able to:
a. Describe basic ethical principles, theories and liabilities and practices in pharmacy
profession
b. Discuss patient’s quality of life issues, their confidentiality, autonomy and rights
c. Define ethics in community pharmacy and research
2. Cognitive skills
a. Classify different criteria for ethical therapeutic drug selection and interchange
b. Assess ethical cases of contraception and abortion
c. Distinguish between ethical cases of euthanasia and mercy killings
Course Contents:
 Ethics and Pharmacy Law and other Drug Acts in Saudi Arabia - Legislative positions on
ethical issues.
 The concept of the pharmacy profession.
 Ethical theories.

176
 Bioethical principles. Conflict of interest.
 Patient's quality of life and Patients' rights (prejudice, stereotyping, and racism).
 Patient confidentiality and autonomy.
 Codes of ethics:
 Code of Ethics for Pharmacists - American Pharmaceutical Association (APhA).
 Code of Ethics - American Association of Pharmaceutical Scientists (MPS).
 Ethics in the community pharmacy.
 A pharmacist's liabilities.
 Commercialism In the pharmacy field.
 Drugs and sport - The role of the pharmacist.
 Therapeutic Drug product selection, interchange and substitution.
 Ethics in research.
 World Health Organization (WHO) criteria for drug promotion.
 Ethics Cases (contraception and abortion)
 Ethic Cases (euthanasia - assisted and mercy killings).

Teaching/learning methods and Contact Hours


Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact 30 - - - - 30 hours
Hours

The following teaching strategies are used:


 Lectures
 Class discussions
Assessment and grading plan:
Assessment method Proportion of Total Assessment
1 Mid Term 1 20%
2 Mid Term 2 20%
3 Final Exam 60%

Course outcomes and Assessment


Course outcome Method of Assessment
1 Outcome 1 W
2 Outcome 2 W
3 Outcome 3 W
4 Outcome 4 W
W: Written PB: Performance-Based AP: Assignment Project P: Portfolio

177
Required Textbook
 Ethics In Pharmacy Practice by Hisham S Abou Auda, 2004. King Saud University.
Recommended Books
 Ethics in pharmacy practice by Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences. (20th. edition).
Genarro A. editor. Easton, PA. 2000. ISBN: 0683306472.
 Buerki RA, Vottero LD, Ethical responsibility in pharmacy practice. 2nd. edition. 2002
 Smith M, Strauss S, Baldwin HJ, Alberts Kr. (editors). Pharmacy Ethics. 1991.
Pharmaceutical Products Press. New York, NY. IS BN: 1560241721
Electronic Materials
Online resources available at:
 http://www.library.qu.edu.sa/Pages/default.aspx
 http://www.pharmacylibrary.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/public/about
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com/ss/About.aspx
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/ss/About.aspx
 http://search.proquest.com/

178
Pharmacotherapy II
Course Name: Pharmacotherapy-II 2-‫العالجيات‬ :‫إسم المقرر‬
Course Code & No.: PHP 340 ‫ مصد‬340 :‫رقم المقرر ورمزه‬
Credits:3(3+0+1) 3(3+0+1) :‫عدد الساعات المعتمدة‬
Prerequisite: PHP 330 ‫مصد‬330 :‫المتطلب السابق‬
Level:8 10 :‫المستوى‬

Description:
The purpose of this course is to integrate the pathophysiologic abnormalities of disease states
(Gastroenterology, Nephrology and Hepatology) with concepts of drug action and therapy. State-
of-the-art pharmacotherapy will be reviewed with pertinent pathophysiology and pharmacology.
Emphasis will be placed on drug selection, dosing regimen design, and therapeutic drug
monitoring to assess the attainment of therapeutic efficacy and avoidance of adverse reactions.

Objectives:
This course aims to introduce students to:
 Therapeutic knowledge and appropriate pharmacologic and non-pharmacologic therapies
of selected diseases.
 Rationale, reasonable and practical solution to drug related problems in patient with
selected diseases.
 Plan for monitoring drug efficacy, adverse effects, compliance, drug interactions and
desired outcome for patient drug therapy of the selected diseases.

Learning Outcomes:
1. Knowledge:
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Describe the pathophysiology, complications and risk factors of upper and lower
gastrointestinal infections, viral hepatitis, kidney and liver diseases, urinary tract
infections, gout, and arthritic diseases.
b. Recognise the therapeutic goals, drug and nondrug therapies used in management of
upper and lower gastrointestinal infections, viral hepatitis, kidney and liver diseases,
urinary tract infections, gout, and arthritic diseases.
2. Cognitive Skills:
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Design appropriate care plan for management of patient with upper and lower
gastrointestinal infections, viral hepatitis, kidney and liver diseases, urinary tract
infections, gout, and arthritic diseases.
b. Identify and prioritize therapeutic alternatives to individualize patient specific regimens.

179
c. Identify the drug-related problems associated with management of patient with upper and
lower gastrointestinal infections, viral hepatitis, kidney and liver diseases, urinary tract
infections, gout, and arthritic diseases, and solve them with evidence-based therapy.
d. Monitor therapeutic outcomes and adverse effects of drug therapy used in management of
patient with upper and lower gastrointestinal infections, viral hepatitis, kidney and liver
diseases, urinary tract infections, gout, and arthritic diseases.
3. Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility:
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Demonstrate ability to work in group and take the responsibility for self-learning.
4. Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Effectively communicate care plan and other related medical information to patient and
health care professionals.
b. Effectively use computer technologies that help in designing an individualized care plan
regimen

Contents:
Gastroenterology Pharmacotherapy:
 Peptic ulcer diseases
 Liver cirrhosis
 Hepatitis
 Intra-abdominal infections
 Inflammatory bowel diseases
 Gastroenteritis, diarrhea and constipation
 Pancreatitis
 Drug-induced hepatotoxicity
Renal and UroPharmacotherapy
 Acute and chronic renal failure
 Dialysis and other renal replacement therapies
 Drug-induced nephrotoxicity
 Urinary tract infections
 STDs
Ortho+rheumatic
 Osteoporosis & osteomalacia
 Gout and hyperuricemia
 Osteoarthritis
 Rheumatoid arthritis
 Systemic lupus erythromatosis

180
Teaching/learning methods and Contact Hours
Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact 42 14 - - - 56 hours
Hours

The following teaching strategies are used:


 OSCPE
 Group discussions
 Case presentations
 Team Based Learning (TBL)

Assessment and grading plan:

Assessment method Proportion of Total


Assessment
1 Oral presentation 5%
2 Individual readiness assessment test (IRAT) 10%
3 Group readiness assessment test (GRAT) 10%
4 Mid-term I exam 10%
5 Objective Structured Clinical Pharmacy Exam (OSCPE) 15%
6 Final exam 50%

Course outcomes and Assessment

Course outcome Method of Assessment


1 Outcome 1 W
2 Outcome 2 W, PB
3 Outcome 3 W, PB, AP
4 Outcome 4 W, AP

W: Written PB: Performance-Based AP: Assignment Project P: Portfolio

181
Required Textbooks
 Mary Anne Koda-Kimble1 Lloyd Yee Young1 Wayne A. Kradjan1 B. Joseph Guglielmo.
Applied Therapeutics. The Clinical Use of Drugs. 10th edition (2013). Lippincott
Williams & Wilkins Publishers.
 Joseph T. Dipiro, Robert L. Talbert, Gary C. Yee, Gary R. Matzke1 Barbara G. Wells, L.
Michael Posey. Pharmacotherapy: A Pathophysiologlc Approach. 5th edition (2002).
McGrawHill/Appleton & Lange.
 In Schwinghammer, T. L., In Koehler, J. M., In Borchert, J. S., & In Slain, D. (2014).
Pharmacotherapy casebook: A patient-focused approach.
 Eric T. Q. Herfindal and Dick R. Gourley ~ditors), Greta K. Gourley (Editor), James M.
Holt (Editors).Textbook of Therapeutics: Drug and Disease Management. 7th edition
(2000).

Casebooks:
 Greta K. Gourley, James M. Holt (Editors) Casebook for Textbook of Therapeutics: Drug
and disease management. 7th edition (2000). Lippincott Williams & Wilkins Publishers.
 Terry L. Schwlnghammer1 Joseph Dipiro, Robert Talbert, Gary Yee, Gary Matzke1
Barbara G. Wells, L. Michael Posey (Editors). Pharmacotherapy Casebook. 5th edition
(2002). McGrawHilvAppleton & Lange.

Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material


 Walker, R., & Edwards, C. (2003). Clinical pharmacy and therapeutics. Edinburgh:
Churchill Livingstone.
Electronic Materials
Online resources available at:
 http://www.library.qu.edu.sa/Pages/default.aspx
 http://www.pharmacylibrary.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/public/about
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com/ss/About.aspx
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/ss/About.aspx
 http://search.proquest.com/

182
Drug and Poison Information Services and literature Evaluation

Course Name: Drug and Poison Information ‫خدمات معلومات األدوية والسموم وتقويم‬ :‫اسم المقرر‬
Services and literature evaluation ‫الدراسات‬

Course Code & No.: 343 PHP ‫ مصد‬343 ‫رقم المقرر‬


:‫ورمزه‬
Credits:3(2+1+1) 3(2+1+1) :‫عدد الساعات‬
Prerequisite: PHP 216 ‫ مصد‬216 :‫المعتمدة‬
:‫المتطلب‬
Level:8 :‫السابق‬
8 :‫المستوى‬

Description:
The theoretical part is designed to introduce the students to the concept of drug Information,
functions, and how to establish drug information centers. In addition this part will expose the
students to the theoretical background required to locate, evaluate and communicate drug
information using mainly secondary and tertiary resources. In this case the student will be taught
types of literatures, classification of requests, and how to prepare, formulate, and communicate
an answer.
In the practical part, the students will also be exposed to the various types of drug and poison
information requests, and be involved in preparation of written response to each using the
official request form used by the center. In addition, the student will learn how to write drug
monograph. Furthermore the student will be taught and exposed to the various types of
secondary and tertiary resources and to the searching technique required for each type.

Objectives:
This course aims to introduce students to:
 Drug & poison information services and profession and their roles and responsibilities
 Skills, knowledge and facilities required to carry on services and perform tasks
 Standards, ethics and quality requirements needed for offering drug and poison
information services and for the professionals
 Varieties and options in providing drug and poison information services
 Application of basic concepts and principles on some practical scenarios and cases
provided as examples

183
Learning outcomes:

1. Knowledge
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Define the principle of drug and poison information center
b. Describe the role of a pharmacist as drug information provider
c. Describe the required processes and materials to establish drug Information center or
service

2. Cognitive Skills
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Differentiate between primary, secondary and tertiary literature that are usually used in
answering drug and poison information request.
b. Recognize various types of requests and the required background information that should
be extracted for each type of question

3. Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility


Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Show effective self-management in term of time, planning, motivation and personal
initiative while dealing with drug and poison information calls
b. Show keeping up-to-date and development of the profession and the ability to adapt to
changes in a professional environment

4. Communication, Information Technology, Numerical


Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Formulate written drug information response for each type of request
b. Conduct search in various secondary resources
c. Prepare drug monographs as a part of the student experience in conducting drug and
poison information services
d. Course Contents:
e. Introduction to the concept of drug and poison information services
f. Functions of drug and poison Information centers
g. How to establish drug and poison information center
h. Types of biomedical literature:Primary, SecondaryTertiary
i. Classification of requests and the background information required.
j. Preparation and formulation of response
k. Communication of response
l. How to prepare drug monographs, abstracts, and drug use evaluation (DUE) reports
m. Practical:

184
n. Evaluating and using various types of tertiary literatures.
o. Handling the various types of requests
p. Preparing drug monographs, writing drug information in newsletters
q. Searching secondary literature Including IDIS (IOWA system), MICROMEDEX,
Medline, and Internet.
r. Communicating responses to drug and poison information requests verbally and in a
written format.

Teaching/learning methods and Contact Hours

Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total


Contact 28 14 - 28 - 70 hours
Hours

The following teaching strategies are used:


 Oral presentation
 TBL
 Group discussions
 Case presentations

Assessment and grading plan:

Assessment method Proportion of Total Assessment


1 Oral presentation 5%
4 Mid-term I exam 15%
3 Mid-term II exam 15%
4 Assignment 5%
5 Final exam 60%

Course outcomes and Assessment

Course outcome Method of Assessment


1 Outcome 1 W
2 Outcome 2 W, PB
3 Outcome 3 W, PB, AP
4 Outcome 4 W, AP

W: Written PB: Performance-Based AP: Assignment Project P: Portfolio

185
Required Textbooks

 Patrick M. Malone (Editor), Kristen W. Mosdell, Karen Kier, John Stanovich. Drug
Information: A Guide for Pharmacists. 2nd. edition (2000). McGraw-Hill/Appleton &
Lange.

Casebooks:

Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material

 Ascione, F.J., Manifold, C.C., Parenti, M.A. (1997). Principles of drug information and
scientific literature evaluation. Washington, D.C.: American Pharmaceutical Association
 Robson, A.S., Bawden, D., Judd, A.(2001). Pharmaceutical and medicines information
management: principles and practice. Edinburgh, London, New York, Philadelphia, St
Louis, Sydney, Toronto: Churchill Livingstone.
 Winfield, A.J. & Richards, R.M.E. (2004). Pharmaceutical practice, 3rd edition.
Edinburgh, London, New York, Oxford, Philadelphia, St Louis, Sydney, Toronto:
Churchill Livingstone

Electronic Materials
Online resources available at:
 http://www.library.qu.edu.sa/Pages/default.aspx
 http://www.pharmacylibrary.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/public/about
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com/ss/About.aspx
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/ss/About.aspx
 http://search.proquest.com/

186
Over The Counter Drugs

Course Name: Over The Counter Drugs ‫األدوية غير الوصفية‬ :‫اسم المقرر‬
Course Code & No.: 344PHT ‫ صيد‬344 :‫رقم المقرر‬
Credits:2(2+0+0) 2(2+0+0) :‫ورمزه‬
:‫الساعات‬ ‫عدد‬
Prerequisite:335 PHT ‫صيد‬335 :‫المعتمدة‬
:‫المتطلب‬
Level:8 :‫السابق‬
8 :‫المستوى‬

Description:
This course enables pharmacy students to follow health care practitioners, and consumers by
making available comprehensive, convenient and easy-to-use compilation of information on
nonprescription drugs and drug products. Students practice interviewing and counseling skills,
and continue to develop their skills in over the counter drugs (OTC) counseling with new topics,
including some alternative medicine. Emphasis will be placed on mechanism(s) of action of the
various drug classes, body system(s) affected, clinical manifestations of problems and the
resulting adverse effects.

Objectives:
This course aims to introduce students to:
 Acquire and demonstrate knowledge about over the counter drugs including legal
requirement, drug classification, storage and the role of the pharmacist in the health
information.
 Role and action of non-prescription drugs including treatment, mechanism of action,
dosage, side effects, and contraindications in selected minor ailments affecting
gastrointestinal, eye, ear, dermatology, upper respiratory system in different type of
patient.
 Demonstrate responding to signs/symptoms and selection of non-prescription drugs for
treatment and expected outcomes in selected minor ailments.

Learning outcomes:
1. Knowledge
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Outline the pharmacist's role in management the over the counter medications and
legal requirements. State how nonprescription medicines are supplied in accordance
with legal and professional requirements.
b. Describe the self-care movements

187
c. Identify monitoring and referral criteria and explain the treatment choices for minor
ailments include; with common gastrointestinal tract, upper respiratory system, skin,
eye and ear minor ailments.
2. Cognitive Skills
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Select the appropriate nonprescription drug therapy for each patient
b. Recognize the regulations govern the non-prescription medications.
c. Apply monitoring and referral criteria and explain the treatment choices for minor
ailments include;with common gastrointestinal tract, upper respiratory system, skin,
eye and ear minor ailments
d. Evaluate the appropriateness of nonprescription drug therapy, including the choice of
the drug, Dosage, route, frequency, and duration of therapy in patient with common
gastrointestinal tract, upper respiratory system, skin, Eye and ear minor ailments

3. Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility


Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Illustrate the differences between generic and brand name of nonprescription drugs.

4. Communication, Information Technology, Numerical


Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Educate patients regarding nonprescription drugs that treat the following: common
gastrointestinal tract, upper respiratory system, skin, and ear and eye minor ailments.

Contents:
 Introduction
 The self-care movements
 Patient Assessment and consultation
 The pharmacist's role
 The FDA's OTC review
 Drug classification
 Drug abuse
 OTC drug interactions
 Drug combinations
 Health information act
 Nutrition (special requirements)
 Nutrition(a health diet)
 Nutrition (obesity)
 Infant nutrition

188
 Eating disorders
 Internal supplement
 Total parenteral nutrition
 Products for Oral Cavity and Gastrointestinal Tract; digestion and related conditions
 Diarrhea and antidiarrheal agents
 Constipation and laxatives
 Hemorrhoidal and antihemorrhoidal products
 Oral hygiene; problems and products
 Upper respiratory tract infections and their symptoms products
 Common cold and allergy products
 Hay fever products for their alleviation
 Ophthalmic products and common eye problems and products for their relief
 Contact lens care solutions
 Otic products and ommon ear problems and products for their relief
 Pregnancy and Lactation; Pregnancy tests and products during pregnancy and lactation
 Contraceptives
 Skin Products; acne, dandruff, psoriasis, foot care and parasitic skin diseases

Teaching/learning methods and Contact Hours

Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total


Contact 18 - 10 - 28 hours
Hours

The following teaching strategies are used:


 Group Discussion
 Lectures
 Individual presentations

Assessment and grading plan:


Assessment method Proportion of Total
Assessment
1 Poster presentation 5%
2 Mid-term I exam 15%
3 Mid-term II exam 15%
4 Practical (Mock Pharmacy) 5%
5 Final exam 60%

189
Learning outcomes and Assessment:

Course outcome Method of Assessment


1 Outcome 1 W, PB
2 Outcome 2 W, PB
3 Outcome 3 W, AP
4 Outcome 4 W, AP
W: Written PB: Performance-Based AP: Assignment Project P: Portfolio

Required Textbooks:
 Handbook or Non Prescription Drugs; American Pharmaceutical Association I The
National Professional Society of Pharmacists, 2009.
 Comprehensive pharmacy review. SHARGEL, L. Philadelphia, Wolters Kluwer.
Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, (2007).
Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material
 Pharmaceutics: the science of dosage form design. Aulton, Michael E.. Edinburgh ; New
York: Churchill Livingstone, 2002.
 Goodman & Gilman's the pharmacological basis of therapeutics. GOODMAN, L. S.,
GILMAN, A., HARDMAN, J. G., GILMAN, A. G., & LIMBIRD, L. E. New York,
McGraw-Hill, Health Professions Division (1996).
 Principles of Medical Pharmacology; H. Kalant, W.H.E. Roschlau and E.M. Sellers,
University of Toronto Press, 1985.
 Clinical pharmacy and therapeutics. Walker, Roger, and Clive Edwards. Edinburgh:
Churchill Livingstone, 2003.
Electronic Materials
Online resources available at:
 http://www.library.qu.edu.sa/Pages/default.aspx
 http://www.pharmacylibrary.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/public/about
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com/ss/About.aspx
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/ss/About.aspx
 http://search.proquest.com/

190
Patient Assessment and First Aid

Course Name: Patient Assessment and First Aid ‫الفحص السريري واإلسعاف األولي‬ :‫اسم المقرر‬
Course Code & No.: 346 PHP ‫ مصد‬346 ‫رقم المقرر‬
:‫ورمزه‬
Credits:1(0+1+1) 1(0+1+1) :‫عدد الساعات‬
Prerequisite:222PHG ‫دوي‬222 :‫المعتمدة‬
:‫المتطلب‬
Level:8 :‫السابق‬
8 :‫المستوى‬

Description:
This course focuses mainly on patient assessment and development of medical skills within
pharmacy practice. Also, it educates the students to collect physical examination data which play
a limited role as compared with the information gathered through the health and medication
history.

Objectives:
This course aims to introduce students to:
 Assessment of common complaints that may be experienced in the delivery of
pharmaceutical care
 Physical assessment techniques and tools necessary to monitor drug therapy
 Equipment and techniques necessary to conduct a physical examination
 Care of patients in remote environments, lacking typical health care facility resources for
dealing with life-threatening situations and emergencies

Learning outcomes:
1. Knowledge
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Learn the method of taking a basic medical history
b. Record, in an appropriate format, the necessary patient information.
c. Discuss the common medical problems presenting in primary health care setting at
the hospital and community centers.
d. Recognize the difference between quantitative and qualitative testing.
e. Outline the clinical emergencies and basic lifesaving techniques.
f. Identify risk factors for common diseases

2. Cognitive Skills
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Analyze symptoms and signs
b. Construct a differential diagnosis for commonly presented patient complaints.

191
c. Interpret the results of commonly used diagnostic procedures.
d. Evaluate the significance of laboratory findings of common disease conditions
e. Select certain laboratory parameters to monitor drug therapy and clinical outcomes.

3. Communication, Information Technology, Numerical


Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Assess trust with the patient.
b. Illustrate to the patients the nature of his/her illness and therapeutic options
c. Psychomotor
d. Demonstrate the methods of the treatment of life-threatening conditions
e. Examine the different systems of the body
f. Course Contents:
g. Patient interviewing & documentation
h. General examination:
i. General appearance
j. Vital signs
k. Heart and lung examination
l. Abdominal examination
m. Musculoskeletal examination
n. Neurological and mental status examination
o. Definitions and general concepts of laboratory data
p. Electrolytes, minerals and trace elements homeostasis
q. Arterial blood gases and acid-base balance Kidney function tests
r. Liver and gastroenterology tests
s. Pulmonary function tests
t. Heart and myocardial infarction
u. Metabolic disorders
v. Hematology (red blood cells, white blood cells, coagulation tests)
w. Infection diseases
x. Rheumatic disorders and immunology testing

4. Practical:
a. Physical examination of different organs of the body
b. Introduction to first aid for all ages and all systems of the body, aims and priorities of
first aid
c. Management of the injured patient and shock
d. Maintenance of airway passages and intravenous line
e. Cardiovascular resuscitation

192
f. Management of bleeding, open wounds, fractures, epilepsy, coma, sunstroke, animal
bites, high grade fever, burns, poisoning, drowning, head injuries
g. Emergency procedures at home, work, or leisure.

Teaching/learning methods and Contact Hours

Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total


Contact 15 15 15 - - 45 hours
Hours

The following teaching strategies are used:


 Lecture/Class-based
 Presentations
 Problem solving
 Video
 Tutorials

Assessment and grading plan:


Assessment method Proportion of Total
Assessment
1 Oral presentation 10%
4 Mid-term I exam 15%
5 Objective Structured Clinical Exam (OSCE) 25%
6 Final exam 50%

Course outcomes and Assessment

Course outcome Method of Assessment


1 Outcome 1 W
2 Outcome 2 W, PB
3 Outcome 3 W, PB, AP
4 Outcome 4 W, P, AP
W: Written PB: Performance-Based AP: Assignment Project P: Portfolio

193
Required Textbooks
 Rhonda M. Jones, Raylene M. Rospond, Lynn Walton Hall. Patient Assessment in
Pharmacy Practice. (2003). Lippincott Williams & Wilkins Publishers.
 Scott L. Traub (Editor). Basic Skills in Interpreting Laboratory Data: Illustrated With
Case Studies. 2nd. edition (1996). American Society of Health-System Pharmacists.
 First Aid Manual, St Andrews' Ambulance Association and the British Red Cross
Society, St John Ambulance.
Casebooks:
 Terry L. Schwlnghammer1 Joseph Dipiro, Robert Talbert, Gary Yee, Gary Matzke1
Barbara G. Wells, L. Michael Posey (Editors). Pharmacotherapy Casebook. 5th edition
(2002). McGrawHilvAppleton& Lange.
Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material
 Bickley, L.S. Bates' Guide to Physical Examination and History Taking. Philadelphia:
J.B. Lippincott Williams & Wilkins.
 James Thomas, Tanya Monaghan. Oxford Handbook of Clinical Examination and
Practical Skills. Oxford University Press.
 Kathleen DeskaPagana, Timothy James Pagana (Editors). Mosby's Manual of Diagnostic
and Laboratory Tesss. 2nd. edition (2002). Mosby.
 Jarvis C. Physical Examination L Health Assessment: Lab Manual 4th. Edition, (2003).
W B Saunders.
Electronic Materials
Online resources available at:
 http://www.library.qu.edu.sa/Pages/default.aspx
 http://www.pharmacylibrary.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/public/about
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com/ss/About.aspx
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/ss/About.aspx
 http://search.proquest.com/

194
Pharmacotherapy-IlI

Course Name: Pharmacotherapy-llI 3-‫العالجيات‬ :‫اسم المقرر‬


Course Code & No.: 410 PHP ‫ مصد‬410 :‫رقم المقرر‬
Credits: 3(3+0+1) 3(3+0+1) :‫ورمزه‬
:‫الساعات‬ ‫عدد‬
Prerequisite: 340PHP 340 ‫ مصد‬:‫المعتمدة‬
:‫المتطلب‬
Level:9 :‫السابق‬
9 :‫المستوى‬

Description:
This course is formulated to integrate the pathophysiologic abnormalities of disease states
(Endocrinology, Neurology, Psychiatry, and Reproductive system) with concepts of drug action
and therapy. State-of-the-art pharmacotherapy will be reviewed with pertinent pathophysiology
and pharmacology. Emphasis will be placed on drug selection, dosing regimen design and
therapeutic drug monitoring to assess the attainment of therapeutic efficacy and avoidance of
adverse reactions.

Objectives:
This course aims to introduce students to:
 Therapeutic knowledge necessary to manage patients with selected diseases
 Appropriate pharmacologic and non-pharmacologic therapies of selected diseases
 Relationship between the pathophysiology of selected diseases and the mechanism(s) of
action of drugs used to treat these diseases
 Rationale, reasonable and practical solution to drug related problems in patient with
selected diseases
 Desired outcomes of pharmacotherapy of selected diseases
 A plan for monitoring drug efficacy, adverse effects, compliance, and drug interactions
for patient drug therapy

Learning outcomes:
1. Knowledge
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Write the therapeutic goals for treatment of patient with (e.g. Endocrine, Neurologic,
Psychiatric, and Reproductive system) disease
b. Discuss the role of non-pharmacological therapies for the treatment of patient with (e.g.
Endocrine, Neurologic, Psychiatric, and Reproductive system) disease
c. Outline the risk factors for each of the following disease; Endocrine, Neurologic,
Psychiatric, and Reproductive system

195
d. Describe the rationale, benefits, and appropriate use of combination drug therapy for
managing (e.g. Endocrine, Neurologic, Psychiatric, and Reproductive system) disease

2. Cognitive Skills
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Identify the drug therapy problems associated with treatment of patient with (e.g.
Endocrine, Neurologic, Psychiatric, and Reproductive system) disease
b. Recommend the most appropriate drug therapy for patient with (e.g. Endocrine,
Neurologic, Psychiatric, and Reproductive system) disease among different alternative
drug therapy
c. Create a care plan for treatment of patient with (e.g. Endocrine, Neurologic, Psychiatric,
and Reproductive system) disease

3. Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility


Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Recommend the most appropriate drug therapy for patient with (e.g. Endocrine,
Neurologic, Psychiatric, and Reproductive system) disease
b. Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
c. Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
d. Write the therapeutic goals for treatment of patient with (e.g. Endocrine, Neurologic,
Psychiatric, and Reproductive system) disease

Contents:
Endocrinology Pharmacotherapy:
 Diabetes mellitus
 Thyroid disorders
Neurology Pharmacothempy:
 Cerebrovascular diseases
 Headache disorders
 Parkinson's disease
 Epilepsy
Psychiatry Pharmacotherapy:
 Mood disorder I: major depressive disorders
 Mood disorder II: bipolar affective dls9rders
 Anxiety disorders
 Schizophrenia
 Reproductive Pharmacotherapy:
 Premenstrual syndrome

196
 Hormone replacement therapy
 Contraception
Drugs in pregnancy and lactation
Tutorial (small group discussion) Schedule:
 Diabetes mellitus type I
 Diabetes mellitus type II
 Thyrotoxicosis
 Stroke
 Migraine and tension headache
 Parkinson's disease
 Epilepsy
 Depression
 Bipolar affective disorders
 Anxiety disorders
 Schizophrenia
 Premenstrual syndrome and hormone replacement therapy

Teaching/learning methods and Contact Hours


Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact 3 1 - - - 4 hours
Hours

The following teaching strategies are used:


 Lecture/Class-based
 Team Based Learning (TBL)
 Oral Presentations

Assessment and grading plan:


Assessment method Proportion of Total
Assessment
1 Oral presentation 5%
2 Individual readiness assessment test (IRAT) 10%
3 Group readiness assessment test (GRAT) 10%
4 Mid-term I exam 10%
5 Objective Structured Clinical Pharmacy Exam (OSCPE) 15%
6 Final exam 50%

197
Course outcomes and Assessment
Course outcome Method of Assessment
1 Outcome 1 W, PB
2 Outcome 2 W, PB
3 Outcome 3 W, PB,
4 Outcome 4 W, PB
W: Written PB: Performance-Based AP: Assignment Project P: Portfolio

Required Textbooks
 Mary Anne Koda-Kimble1 Lloyd Yee Young1 Wayne A. Kradjan1 B. Joseph
Guglielmo. Applied Therapeutics. The Clinical Use of Drugs. 10th edition (2013).
Lippincott Williams & Wilkins Publishers.
 Joseph T. Dipiro, Robert L. Talbert, Gary C. Yee, Gary R. Matzke1 Barbara G. Wells,
L. Michael Posey. Pharmacotherapy: A Pathophysiologlc Approach. 5th edition (2002).
McGrawHill/Appleton & Lange.
 In Schwinghammer, T. L., In Koehler, J. M., In Borchert, J. S., & In Slain, D. (2014).
Pharmacotherapy casebook: A patient-focused approach.
 Eric T. Q. Herfindal and Dick R. Gourley ~ditors), Greta K. Gourley (Editor), James M.
Holt (Editors).Textbook of Therapeutics: Drug and Disease Management. 7th edition
(2000).
Casebooks:
 Greta K. Gourley, James M. Holt (Editors) Casebook for Textbook of Therapeutics:
Drug and disease management. 7th edition (2000). Lippincott Williams & Wilkins
Publishers.
 Terry L. Schwlnghammer1 Joseph Dipiro, Robert Talbert, Gary Yee, Gary Matzke1
Barbara G. Wells, L. Michael Posey (Editors). Pharmacotherapy Casebook. 5th edition
(2002). Mc GrawHilvAppleton& Lange.
Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material
 Walker, R., & Edwards, C. (2003). Clinical pharmacy and therapeutics. Edinburgh:
Churchill Livingstone.
Electronic Materials
Online resources available at:
 http://www.library.qu.edu.sa/Pages/default.aspx
 http://www.pharmacylibrary.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/public/about
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com/ss/About.aspx
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/ss/About.aspx
 http://search.proquest.com/

198
Pharmacoeconomics and Pharmacoepidemiology

Course Name: Pharmacoeconomics and ‫إقتصاديات الدواء واإلحصاء الصيدلي‬ :‫اسم المقرر‬
Pharmacoepidemiology
Course Code & No.: PHP 411 ‫ مصد‬411 ‫المقرر‬ ‫رقم‬
:‫ورمزه‬
Credits: 3 (3+0+0) 3(3+0+0) :‫عدد الساعات‬
Prerequisite: PHP 343 :‫المعتمدة‬
‫ مصد‬343 ‫المتطلب‬
:‫السابق‬
Level: 9 9 ‫المستوى‬

Description:
This course is designed to provide a framework for the understanding and application of the
concepts and techniques of pharmacoeconomics and pharmacoepidemology. The course also
emphasizes the importance of utilizing Pharmacoeconomic and Pharmacoepidemiology results
when evaluating drug safety. It also enables students to explore and assess vital topics and trends
regarding spontaneous reporting systems, adverse drug reactions, and post marketing
surveillance (PMS).

Objectives:
This course aims to introduce students to:
 Basic concepts and theoretical aspects in pharmacoeconomics and
pharmacoepidemiology
 Roles and responsibilities of pharmacoeconomists and pharmacoepidemiologists
 Basic requirements and steps needed to conduct a pharmacoeconomic or a
pharmacoepidemiology-related procedures and actions
 Common study designs used for pharmacoeconomic and pharmacoepidemiologic
evaluations
 Strength and limitations of the study designs used in pharmacoeconomics and
pharmacoepidemiology
 Rules and formulae used for pharmacoeconomic and pharmacoepidemiological
calculations
 Application of concepts and theories of pharmacoeconomics and pharmacoepidemiology
on some practical scenarios and cases provided as examples

Learning outcomes:
1. Knowledge
a. Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:

199
b. Explain the role of outcome research and pharmacoeconomics
c. Describe different types of economic and humanistic evaluations
d. Describe the methods, steps, and techniques used to conduct pharmacoeconomic
evaluations
e. Describe the concept of pharmacoepidemology and its application in pharmacy practice
f. Describe the concept of postmarketing surveillance, their limitations and ethical
considerations

2. Cognitive Skills
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Evaluate published pharmacoeconomic studies.
b. Apply Pharmacoeconomics concepts to clinical practice
c. Differentiate various types of pharmacoepidemiological methods
d. Apply the concepts of pharmacoepidemology in monitoring, evaluation, and approval
of new drugs
e. Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
f. Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
g. Communicate the risk associated with adverse drug reactions to drug regulatory
authority
h. Conduct pharmacoeconomic research and analyses

Contents:
 Pharmacoeconomics
 Introduction to pharmacoeconomics
 Describe main types of economic evaluation
 Cost determination
 Evaluating outcomes-effectiveness
 Methods of data collection and analysis (decision analysis modeling)
 Cost benefit analysis
 Cost utility analysis (quality of life)
 Pharmacoepidemology
 Principles of pharmacoepidemology
 Study designs available for pharmacoepidemiology
 Meta-analysis of the pharmacoepidemiology literature
 Regulatory agencies and pharmacoepidemiology
 Safety profiles of new drugs at the time of initial marketing
 The spontaneous reporting systems
 The drug approval process and the information it provides

200
 Drug safety, pharmacoepidemiology and regulatory decision making
 Risk analysis and pharmaceuticals
 Standards of postmarketting surveillance (PMS)

Teaching/learning methods and Contact Hours


Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact 42 - - - - 42 hours
Hours

The following teaching strategies are used:


 Lectures

Assessment and grading plan:

Assessment method Proportion of Total


Assessment
1 Mid-term I exam 15%
2 Mid-term II exam 15%
3 Report 10%
4 Final exam 60%

Course outcomes and Assessment:

Course outcome Method of Assessment


1 Outcome 1 W
2 Outcome 2 W, PB, AP
3 Outcome 3 W, PB, AP

W: Written PB: Performance-Based AP: Assignment Project P: Portfolio

201
Required Textbooks
 Bungay, K, Osterhaus, J, Paladino, J, Sanchez, L. Pharmacoeconomics and Outcomes:
Application for Patient Care. (1997). The American College of Clinical Pharmacy.
 F. Randy, Phd Vogenberg, Randy Vogenberg. Introduction to Appiled
Pharmacoeconomics. (2000). McGraw-Hill; 1st. edition.
 Brian L. Strom. pharmacoepidemiology. 3rd. edition (2000). John Wiley & Sons.
Casebooks:
Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material
 Joyce A. Cramer, Bert, Ph.D. Spilker. Quality of Life and Pharmacoeconomics, An
introduction. 2nd. edition (1998). Lippincott Williams & Wilkins Publishers.
 Brenda Waning, Michael Montagne, William W. McCloskey, Rebecca A. Maki.
pharmacoepidemiology: Principles & Practice. (2000). McGraw-Hill/Appleton & Lange
Electronic Materials
Online resources available at:
 http://www.library.qu.edu.sa/Pages/default.aspx
 http://www.pharmacylibrary.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/public/about
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com/ss/About.aspx
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/ss/About.aspx
 http://search.proquest.com/

202
Pharmacy Management

Course Name: Pharmacy Management ‫اإلدارة الصيدلية‬ ‫اسم‬


:‫المقرر‬
Course Code & No.: 412 PHP ‫ مصد‬412 ‫رقم المقرر‬
:‫ورمزه‬
Credits: 2 (2+0+0) 2(2+0+0) ‫عدد‬
Prerequisite: PHP 341 :‫الساعات‬
‫مصد‬341 ‫المتطلب‬ :
:‫المعتمدة‬
Level: 9 9 :‫السابق‬
‫المستوى‬:

Description:
This course is designed to introduce the principles of management as they applied to professional
pharmacy practice. The course is intended to provide pharmacy students with a basic
understanding of the practical aspects of managing a pharmacy operation. This Includes the basic
functions of planning, organizing, directing, coordinating, and controlling as they relate to fiscal,
personnel, and merchandize management. In addition, the course will Introduce the student to the
principles and methods of human resources management by teaching topics such as recruitment,
selection, orientation, training, motivation, management by objectives, and performance
evaluation. It will also introduce the student to principles and methods of financial and
operational management such as principles of accounting, financial statements, purchasing, and
inventory control.

Objectives:
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
 Discuss principles of effective management.
 Understand the principles of developing a motivating environment and how to deal
effectively with personal conflicts.
 Prepare pharmacy budget for the coming financial years.
 Understand the principles of using budget in planning, controlling and evaluation of
employee performance.
 Discuss the principles and tools that should be followed for effective, practical, accurate
and less time consuming inventory control.
 Read both income and financial position statements, and understand their uses in
management.
 Discuss various steps and processes required for preparation of financial statements.
 Understand the principals of purchasing and how to handle each stage of the various
purchasing functions.
 Recognize the meaning and scope of marketing, and at the same time be able to Identify
the marketing variables that would influence product and service decision.

203
Contents:
 Management by objectives
 Pharmacy manager functions
 Planning, organizing, directing, coordinating and controlling
 Human resources management:
 Recruitments
 Orientation and training
 Performance evaluation
 Employee motivation
 Conflict management
 Disciplining the employee
 Accounting principals
 Financial statements
 Budgeting
 Purchasing functions
 Inventory control
 Marketing for the pharmacist

Assessment and grading plan:


Assessment method Proportion of Total Assessment
1 Mid-term I exam 20%
2 Mid-term II exam 20%
3 Final exam 60%

Outcomes and Assessment:


Course outcome Method of Assessment
1 Outcome 1 W
2 Outcome 2 W, PB, AP
3 Outcome 3 W, PB, AP
W: Written PB: Performance-Based AP: Assignment Project P: Portfolio

Text Book(s):
 Effective pharmacy management: A comprehensive presentation of practical
management techniques for pharmacists. Seventh edition. Marion Merrell Inc.
 Norman V. Carroll. Financial management for pharmacists: A decision-making approach.
1991. Lea & Febiger.

204
Evidence Based Pharmacy
Course Name: Evidence-Based Pharmacy ‫الصيدلة المبنية على البراهين‬ :‫اسم المقرر‬
Course Code & No.: 413 PHP ‫ مصد‬413 ‫رقم المقرر‬
:‫ورمزه‬
Credits:2(1+1+0) 2(1+1+0) ‫عدد الساعات‬:
Prerequisite:343PHP :‫المعتمدة‬
‫مصد‬343 ‫المتطلب‬ :
Level:9 :‫السابق‬
9 ‫المستوى‬:

Description:
The course is designed to provide the understanding of the concept and skills required to practice
evidence--based pharmacy (EBP) and pharmacotherapy. Hand-on-experience will include use of
evidence--based databases, critical appraisal and how to calculate and interpret statistical
indicators used in pharmaceutical and medical literature.

Objectives:
This course aims to introduce students to:
 Clinical skill necessary to formulate a focused clinical question.
 Necessary skills to perform critical appraisal and determine the appropriateness of
various biostatistical analyses.
 How to develop a practice guideline for the best use of medicine.
 The principle of the evaluation criteria on how to add a new medicine in the hospital drug
formulary

Learning outcomes:
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Knowledge
a. Recognize the basic concept of evidence-based pharmacy and pharmacotherapy.
b. Recognize how to use evidence-based pharmacy and pharmacotherapy in the activity
of Pharmacy and Therapeutic (P&T) committee
2. Cognitive Skills
a. Explain how to use evidence-based pharmacy and pharmacotherapy data-bases (e.g.
Medline, Cochrane Library, etc.) in searching for the evidence.
b. Develop practice guidelines for drug therapy and rational drug use
3. Interpersonal skills and responsibility
a. Evaluate and rephrase issues arising in patient care as correct clinical questions
(PICO questions)
4. Communication, Information technology and numerical skills

205
a. Demonstrate an effective communication skills with drug representative and other
health professionals to improve the best use of medicine, patient safety and quality of
care.

Contents:
 Evidence--based pharmacy: concepts and principles
 Evidence--based databases
 Asking answerable clinical questions
 How to find current best evidence
 Evaluating literatures on pharmaceutical products information
 How to evaluate pharmaceutical and medical literature on drug therapy
 Appraising pharmaceutical and medical literature on medical interventions
 Use of Evidence--based pharmacy principles to develop practice guidelines
 Evidence-based Pharmacy and Pharmacy and Therapeutic (P&T) committee.

Teaching/learning methods and Contact Hours


Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact 30 15 - - - 45 hours
Hours

The following teaching strategies are used:


 Lectures
 Oral/report presentations

Assessment and grading plan:


Assessment method Proportion of Total
Assessment
1 Mid Term 1 exam 15%
2 Mid Term 2 exam 15%
3 Presentation 5%
4 Report 15%
5 Final exam 50%

206
Course outcomes and Assessment

Course outcome Method of Assessment


1 Outcome 1 W
2 Outcome 2 W
3 Outcome 3 W, AP
4 Outcome 4 W
W: Written PB: Performance-Based AP: Assignment Project P: Portfolio

Required Textbook
 Christine Bond (Editor). Evidence-Based Pharmacy. 1st edition (2000). Pharmaceutical
Press.
 David L. Sackett1 Sharon E. Straus, W. Scott Richardson1 William Rosenberg, R. Brian
Haynes, Evidence-Based Medicine: How to Practice and Teach EBM. 2nd edition
(2000). Wolfe Pub Ltd
Recommended Textbook
 Martin Dawes (Editor), Alastair M. Gray, Philip T. Davies. Evidence-Based Practice: A
Primer for Health Care Professionals. (December 1999). Churchill Livingstone
Electronic Materials
Online resources available at:
 http://www.library.qu.edu.sa/Pages/default.aspx
 http://www.pharmacylibrary.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/public/about
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com/ss/About.aspx
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/ss/About.aspx
 http://search.proquest.com/

207
Pharmaceutical care

Course Name: Pharmaceutical Care ‫الرعاية الصيدالنية‬ :‫إسم االمقرر‬


Course Code & No.: 414 PHP ‫ مصد‬414 ‫رقم المقرر‬
:‫ورمزه‬
Credits:2(2+0+0) 2(2+0+0) ‫عدد الساعات‬:
Prerequisite:120 PHP :‫المعتمدة‬
‫ مصد‬120 ‫المتطلب‬ :
:‫السابق‬
9 ‫المستوى‬:
Level:9

Description:
To introduce students to the comprehensive process of pharmaceutical care including collection,
organizing, maintaining and evaluation of patient’s specific medical information.Each student
must understand the professional practice of pharmaceutical care and its components, to be able
to identify, resolve or prevent patient drug therapy problems, and to work with the patient and
other healthcare providers to recommend effective solutions for those problems

Objectives:
This course aims to introduce students to:
 Knowledge necessary to provide pharmaceutical care to patients
 Skills necessary to work in team-based practices
 Philosophies that underline pharmaceutical care
 The meaning of pharmaceutical care
 An overview of patient information assessment

Learning Outcomes
1 Knowledge
a. Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
b. Define pharmaceutical care
c. List the main steps in the pharmaceutical care process and cycle
d. Outline the main components of a pharmaceutical care plan
e. Describe the concept of pharmaceutical car

2. Cognitive Skills
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Create a pharmaceutical care plan for a given patient case include one or more
medical conditions
b. Prepare the practice site to support pharmaceutical care practice
c. Discuss actual and potential drug therapy problems

208
d. Apply pharmaceutical care to a given patient case
e. Discuss strategies to establish collaborative working relationship with other
healthcare providers
3. Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
a. Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
b. Evaluate patient specific medical information in a given patient case
c. Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
d. Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
e. Discuss the rationale for the identification and resolution of drug related problems in
a given patient case

Contents:
Practice Skills
 The case for pharmaceutical care
 Identifying drug therapy problems
 Patient data collection
 Patient data evaluation
 Patient care plan development
 Documentation
 Drug information skills for pharmaceutical care
Professional Practice Development
 Developing collaborative relationships
 Pharmaceutical care for patients’ specific disease
 Self-care as pharmaceutical care practice
 Wellness and health promotion
Practice Site Development
 Marketing pharmaceutical care
 Reimbursement
 Measuring change and outcomes in your practice
 Staffing modification for pharmaceutical care
 Re-engineering the pharmacy lay out
 Obstacles to pharmaceutical care
 Creating the infrastructure to pharmaceutical care
 Developing a practice implementation plan

209
Teaching/learning methods and Contact Hours
Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact 2 - - - 2 hours
Hours

The following teaching strategies are used:


 Lectures

Assessment and grading plan:


Assessment method Proportion of Total
Assessment
1 Mid-term I exam 15%
2 Mid-term II exam 15%
3 Case studies 10%
4 Final exam 60%

Course outcomes and Assessment:

Course outcome Method of Assessment


1 Outcome 1 W
2 Outcome 2 W
3 Outcome 3 W
4 Outcome 4 W
W: Written PB: Performance-Based AP: Assignment Project P: Portfolio

Required Textbooks
 John P. Rovers and Jay D. Currie (Editors). A Practical Guide to Pharmaceutical Care,
2rd Edition. 2003

Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material


 John P. Rovers and Jay D. Currie (Editors). A Practical Guide to Pharmaceutical Care,
A clinical Skills Primer 3rd Edition. 2007
 Terry L. Schwlnghammer1 Joseph Dipiro, Robert Talbert, Gary Yee, Gary Matzke1
Barbara G. Wells, L. Michael Posey (Editors). Pharmacotherapy Casebook. 5th edition
(2002). McGrawHilvAppleton& Lange.

210
Applied Pharmacokinetics
Course Name: Applied Pharmacokinetics ‫حركية الدواء التطبيقية‬ :‫اسم المقرر‬
Course Code & No.: PHP 416 ‫ مصد‬416 ‫رقم المقرر‬
:‫ورمزه‬
Credits: 2(2+0+1) 2(2+0+1) ‫عدد الساعات‬:
Prerequisite: 336 PHT :‫المعتمدة‬
‫صيد‬336 ‫المتطلب‬ :
Level: 9 :‫السابق‬
9 ‫المستوى‬ :

Description:
This course introduces the student to principles of monitoring drug therapy for those involved in
the interpretation of drug levels in a patient care setting. Pharmacokinetics of commonly used
and low-therapeutic-index drugs are emphasized in this course.

Objectives
This course aims to introduce students to:
 Concepts of Clinical Pharmacokinetics and Therapeutic Drug Monitoring (TDM)

Learning outcomes:
1. Knowledge
a. Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
b. Recognize the rationality of Therapeutic Drug Monitoring (TDM).
c. Describe the principles of clinical pharmacokinetics & its parameters and TDM.
d. List the types of narrow therapeutic-index drugs.
e. Describe the initial dosage determination methods of narrow therapeutic-index drugs.

2. Cognitive Skills
a. Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
b. Summarize the effects of disease states and conditions on pharmacokinetics and
dosing of narrow therapeutic-index drugs.
c. Evaluate the drug interactions and its effect on pharmacokinetics and dosing of
narrow therapeutic-index drugs.
3. Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
a. Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
b. Demonstrate ability to work and communicate effectively (Verbal and written) health
care professionals as well as with peers during group discussion and group readiness
assurance test (gRAT).
c. Demonstrate ability to take responsibility towards their learning when preparing to
the Team Based Learning (TBL).

211
d. Use the principles of pharmacokinetics and dosage determination methods in
calculate the dose and optimizing the drug therapy in special situations

4. Communication, Information Technology, Numerical


Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Demonstrate ability to provide patient education and counseling.
b. Demonstrate ability to work and communicate effectively (Verbal and written) when
communicate with patients and health care professionals as well as with peers during
group discussion and group readiness assurance test (gRAT)
c. Calculate optimize dosing regimens for patient care using pharmacokinetic software

Contents:
Therapeutic drug monitoring of clinically used drugs:
 Aminoglycosides
 Vancomycin
 Digoxin
 Theophylline
 Lidocaine
 Procainamide
 Quinidine
 Phenytoin
 Carbamazepine
 Valproicadd
 Phenobarbital
 Cyclosporine
 Tacrolimus (FK506)
 Lithium
 Computer programs in Therapeutic drug monitoring

Teaching/learning methods and Contact Hours


Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact 28 14 - - - 42 hours
Hours

The following teaching strategies are used:


 Team Based Learning (TBL)

212
Assessment and grading plan:

Assessment method Proportion of Total


Assessment
1 Individual readiness assessment test (IRAT) 15%
2 Group readiness assessment test (GRAT) 20%
3 Mid-term I exam 15%
4 Final exam 50%

Course outcomes and Assessment

Course outcome Method of Assessment


1 Outcome 1 W
2 Outcome 2 W, PB
3 Outcome 3 W, PB
4 Outcome 4 W, PB
W: Written PB: Performance-Based AP: Assignment Project P: Portfolio

Required Textbooks
 Larry A. Bauer. Applied Clinical Pharmacokinetics. (2008). McGraw-Hilll/Appleton &
Lange
List Essential References Materials
 Clinical Pharmacokinetics Journal
List Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material
 Malcolm Rowland, Thomas N. Tozer, Randy Rowland (Editors). Clinical
Phannacokinetics:Concepts and Applications. 3rd edition (1995). Lippincott1 Williams
& Wilkins.
 William E. Evans, Jerome J. Schentag, William J. Jusko (Editors). Applied
Phamiacokinetics: Principles of Therapeutic Drug Monitoring. 3rd edition (1992).
Applied Therapeutics.
 Michael E. Winter. Basic Clinical Pharmacokinetics. 3rd edition (1994). Applied
Therapeutics.
 Joseph T. Dipiro, William J. Spruill, Robert A. Bloum, Jane M. Pruemer, American
Cancer Society, (Joan Heimann editors). Concepts in Clinical Pharmacokinetics. 3rd.
edition (2002). American Hospital Association
Electronic Materials
 http://www.library.qu.edu.sa/Pages/default.aspx
 http://www.pharmacylibrary.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/public/about

213
Clinical Nutrition and IV Admixture
Course Name: Clinical Nutrition& IV admix. ‫التغذية العالجية والمحاليل الوريدية‬ :‫إسم المقرر‬
Course Code & No.: PHP 423 ‫ مصد‬423 ‫رقم المقرر‬
:‫ورمزه‬
Credits: 4 (3+1+1) 4(3+1+1) ‫عدد الساعات‬:
Prerequisite:135 MATH :‫المعتمدة‬
‫ ريض‬135 ‫المتطلب‬ :
Level:10 :‫السابق‬
10 ‫المستوى‬:

Description:
This course will cover principles of enteral & parenteral nutrition, Intravenous admixture and a
septic technique.

Objectives:
This course aims to introduce students to:
 Principles of Enteral, &parenteral nutrition and Intravenous admixture & Aseptic
techniques.

Learning outcomes:
1. Knowledge
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Describe the different routes and methods of nutrition, the advantages, disadvantages
& limitations of each route.
b. Describe the basic concepts and principles of parenteral nutrition.
c. Describe the principles of aseptic technique, IV admixture and incompatibilities

2. Cognitive Skills
a. Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
b. Justify the nutritional needs for individualized patiens.
c. Explain the rationality of nutritional supplements and its routes.
d. Apply critical thinking to identify and solve the nurtion relate dproblems.
e. Justify the nutritional needs for individualized patiens.
f. Identify and explain the type of supplies and equipments and their proper use for the
preparations of IV admixtures and cytotoxic drugs
g. Demonstrate proper hand washing, gowning and garbing procedures use before
preparation of sterile products
h. Demonstrate working under laminar flow hood to prepare sterile preparations
according to aseptic techniques.

214
i. Describe and analyze physician’s order of total parenteral nutrition and IV
admixtures.
j. Calculate the nutritional requirements according to patients’ need.

3. Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility


Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Demonstrate ability to work and communicate effectively (Verbal and written) when
communicate with patients and health care professionals as well as peers during
group discussion.

4. Communication, Information Technology, Numerical


Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Demonstrate ability to work and communicate effectively (Verbal and written) during the
course when communicate with patients and health care professionals as well as peers
during group discussion.
b. Calculate the nutritional requirement in individualized patients.
c. Course Contents:
d. Nutrition assessment-Adults and Pediatrics
e. Administration of specialized nutrition support
f. Normal requirements-Adults and Pediatrics
g. Access for administration of nutrition support Drug –Nutrient interactions
h. Specific Guidelines for disease-Adults and pediatrics
i. Administration of specialized nutrition support-issues unique to pediatrics.
j. Aseptic technique
k. IV admixture

Teaching/learning methods and Contact Hours


Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact 42 14 28 - - 84 hours
Hours

The following teaching strategies are used:


 Lecture based

215
Assessment and grading plan:
Assessment method Proportion of Total
Assessment
1 Mid-term I exam 15%
2 Mid-term II exam 15%
3 Practical Exam (Mock Pharmacy) 20%
5 Final exam 60%

Course outcomes and Assessment:

Course outcome Method of Assessment


1 Outcome 1 W
2 Outcome 2 W, PB
3 Outcome 3 W, PB
4 Outcome 4 W, PB
W: Written PB: Performance-Based AP: Assignment Project P: Portfolio

Required Textbooks
 Mary Anne Koda-Kimble1 Lloyd Yee Young1 Wayne A. Kradjan1 B. Joseph Guglielmo.
Applied Therapeutics. The Clinical Use of Drugs. 10th edition (2013). Lippincott
Williams & Wilkins Publishers.
 Guidelines for the use of parenteral and enteral nutrition in adults and pediatric patients,
David August et al, 26(1), Jan-Feb 2002.
 The Training Module for Intravenous Admixture Personnel (sixth edition) by Max L.
Hunt et al
Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.)
Casebooks:
 Joseph T. Dipiro, Robert L. Talbert, Gary C. Yee, Gary R. Matzke1 Barbara G. Wells, L.
Michael Posey. Pharmacotherapy: A Pathophysiologlc Approach. 5th edition (2002).
McGrawHill/Appleton & Lange.
 ADA Pocket Guide to Parenteral Nutrition by Pamela Charney PhD, RD, and Ainsley
Malone MS, RD
Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc)
 The American Journal of Clinical Nutrition.
 Clinical Nutrition Journal.
Electronic Materials (eg. Web Sites, Social Media, Blackboard, etc.)
http://www.library.qu.edu.sa/Pages/default.aspx
http://www.pharmacylibrary.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/public/about

216
‫‪Pharmacy Law‬‬
‫‪Course Name: Pharmacy Law‬‬ ‫نظام الصيدلة‬ ‫إسم المقرر‪:‬‬
‫‪Course Code & No.: 426 PHP‬‬ ‫‪ 426‬مصد‬ ‫رقم المقرر‬
‫ورمزه‪:‬‬
‫)‪Credits:1(1+0+0‬‬ ‫‪:‬عدد الساعات )‪1(1+0+0‬‬
‫‪Prerequisite:None‬‬ ‫المعتمدة‪:‬‬
‫المتطلب بدون‬ ‫‪:‬‬
‫‪Level:10‬‬ ‫السابق‪:‬‬
‫‪:‬المستوى ‪10‬‬

‫‪Description:‬‬
‫‪The course deals with the materials of the pharmacy law, which deals with the regulations of‬‬
‫‪pharmacy practice and trading in medicinal and pharmaceutical products issued by the Council‬‬
‫‪of Ministers letter number 335 and dated 7/3/1398 H and Its various explanations. The course is‬‬
‫‪one hour, delivered by lecture through which the followings will be discussed: pharmacy practice‬‬
‫‪including registration of pharmacists and their assistants, pharmacies, wholesale drug distribution‬‬
‫‪warehouses, pharmaceutical companies and industries, medicines registration, pharmaceutical‬‬
‫‪companies registration and their scientific offices, transitional provisional rules, penalties, and‬‬
‫‪regulations of poisons, narcotics, and psychiatric medications under control.‬‬

‫‪Objectives:‬‬
‫‪Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:‬‬
‫معرفة النظم واللوائح والقواعد المنظمة لمزاولة مهنة الصيدلة واالتجار باألدوية تمهيدا لتطبيقها أثناء ممارسة الصيدلة ‪ .‬‬
‫إدراك أهمية بتطبيق مواد ولوائح وقواعد هذا النظام وتأثيره على مزاولة مهنة الصيدلة ‪ .‬‬
‫إظهار وإبراز أخالقيات مهنة الصيدلة من خالل بنود مواد ولوائح هذا النظام ‪‬‬

‫‪Contents:‬‬
‫أوال ‪ :‬مواد النظام ‪ :‬‬
‫فيه يتم التعرض للمواد التي تنظم الجوانب التالية ‪ :‬مزاولة المهنة ــ الصيدليات ــ مستودعات بيع األدوية بالجملة ــ مصانع ‪‬‬
‫المستحضرات الصيدلية ــ تسجيل األدوية ــ األحكام االنتقالية لتطبيق هذا النظام ــ العقوبات التي تترتب على اإلخالل بمواد‬
‫ولوائح النظام ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫ثانيا ‪ :‬اللوائح المفسرة لهذا النظام وتتكون من األتي ‪:‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫الباب األول ‪ :‬مزاولة مهنة الصيدلة والشروط واإلجراءات الواجب إتباعها وتوفرها ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫يشمل هذا الباب ما يلي ‪:‬‬


‫‪‬‬ ‫تعاريف عامة ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫القيد في سجل الصيادلة والشروط الواجب توفرها في طلب التسجيل وكذلك الشروط الواجب توفرها في مساعدي الصيادلة ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫الشروط العامة لفتح منشأة صيدلية ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫المنشآت الصيدلية ويشمل ما يلي ‪ :‬الصيدليات العامة والشروط الواجب توفرها فيها ــ الصيدليات الخاصة والشروط الواجب‬
‫توفرها فيها ‪.‬‬

‫‪217‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫الهيئة السعودية للتخصصات الصحية وتسجيل الصيادلة ‪.‬‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫الباب الثاني ‪ :‬مصانع األدوية والمستحضرات الطبية وإجراءات التسجيل‬

‫‪‬‬ ‫الئحة مصانع األدوية والمستحضرات الطبية والشروط الواجب توفرها في المصنع ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫الئحة المكاتب العلمية لشركات ومصانع األدوية وتضم الشروط الواجب توفرها في المكاتب العلمية والتعريف بمهام المكتب‬
‫العلمي ورئيسه ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫الئحة تسجيل شركات األدوية ومنتجاتها وتضم لجنة تسجيل األدوية ــ شروط تسجيل الشركات وفروعها ــ شروط تسجيل‬
‫المستحضرات وتسعيرتها ــ األحكام العامة والخاصة ــ تعليمات متطلبات التسجيل ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫الئحة السموم والعقاقير المخدرة ــ واألدوية النفسية الخاضعة للرقابة ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫القواعد المنظمة لألدوية التي يتم صرفها بدون وصفة طبية ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫قواعد وإجراءات األدوية المخدرة ‪ :‬وتظم ما يلي ‪ :‬تحديد االحتياج السنوي ــ عهدة األدوية المخدرة ــ إجراءات صرف وقيد‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫األدوية المخدرة ــ األصناف الراكدة والتالفة ــ فقد أو نقص أصناف األدوية المخدرة ــ األصناف الراكدة والتالفة ــ فقد أو نقص‬
‫أصناف األدوية المخدرة ــ متابعة ومراقبة المخزون ‪.‬‬

‫‪Evaluation methods:‬‬
‫)‪ 40-(2 Midterm exams‬‬
‫‪ 60-Final Exam‬‬

‫‪Text Book(s):‬‬
‫نظام مزاولة المهن الصحية‪ ،‬وزارة الصحة ‪‬‬
‫نظام المنشآت الصيدلية‪ ،‬وزارة الصحة ‪‬‬

‫‪Additional suggested readings:‬‬

‫‪218‬‬
Scientific Writing and Seminar-II

Course Name: Scientific Writing and Seminar-II 2-‫الكتابة العلمية وحلقة نقاش‬ :‫إسم المقرر‬
Course Code & No.: 421 PHP ‫ مصد‬421 ‫رقم المقرر‬
:‫ورمزه‬
Credits:2(1+1+0) 2(1+1+0) ‫عدد الساعات‬:
Prerequisite:325PHP :‫المعتمدة‬
‫ مصد‬325 ‫المتطلب‬ :
Level:10 :‫السابق‬
10 ‫المستوى‬:

Description:
This course is designed to provide the student with an overview of the current conventions and
practices used in scientific and technical writing in the field of pharmacy and other health-related
disciplines. This course is considered as an intensive introduction on how to prepare, write, edit
and review pharmacy research communications, pharmacy reports, and patient education
materials. The student will also learn how to present and convey his ideas with conviction, poise
and style. A limited questionnaire-type field research project will be conducted by students as a
part of the course requirements. Students will apply their acquired knowledge in coding,
recoding and analyzing collected data to formulate, write, and present the results.

Objectives:
This course aims to introduce students to:
 Effective writing skills in scientific materials related to pharmacy and other health-related
disciplines.
 Skills on presentation and the use of audiovisual media to enhance presentation.
 Research-writing steps and get an opportunity to analyze and present results by providing
a practical hand-on experience in conducting small research projects.
 Learning Outcomes:
 Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
 Reproduce the knowledge as to how to write scientific publications and report using an
effective and scientific writing style.
 Develop scientific knowledge and skills to collect scientific data in a research project and
to analyse and interpret the data.
 Demonstrate effective presentation skills by presenting the report of their research
projects.
 Course Contents:
 Types of research manuscripts: original research articles, review articles, editorials, case
reports, short communications, and letters to editor.

219
 Vancouver style of writing research papers (The unified requirements for biomedical
research articles).
 Structure of a scientific paper.
 Developing an effective writing style.
 Language and sentence construction (choice of words, passive/active tense, punctuation,
grammar).
 Paragraph construction (different types of arguments)
 Plagiarism.
 Successful report writing.
 Types of oral presentations: persuasive.
 Oral presentations: the difference between oral and written presentations, preparation,
technique, and common problems.
 Scientific conventions (taxonomy, measures, numbers, units, abbreviations, acronyms,
symbols)
 Oral presentation skills.

Lab Sessions:
 The course will emphasize on practical exercises to practice the ideas and methods. The
student will work on his/her own material and the group work will concentrate on one
case study selected from the group.
 A research project in questionnaire format to be conducted by the students in this course.
Each student is required to distribute the questionnaire, collect and analyze the data using
the appropriate software program (SPSS) and write a report. The students will also
prepare professional slides to present their results independently. Several suggested
topics dealing with one of the following research titles, as an example, can be offered:
 Job satisfaction for pharmacists.
 Patients' attitude toward hospital pharmacy services.
 The effect of patient counseling on patient compliance.
 Community pharmacy services.
 Patient education in various disease areas.
 Preparation of patient education materials in both Arabic and English.
 Preparation of drug Package Inserts about selected drugs.
 Promotional drug presentations.

220
Teaching/learning methods and Contact Hours
Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact 15 - - - 30 45 hours
Hours

The following teaching strategies are used:


 Lectures
 Project & Presentation

Assessment and grading plan:


Assessment method Proportion of Total Assessment
1 Mid-term I exam 10%
2 Mid-term II exam 10%
3 Presentations 10%
4 Report 10%
5 Final exam 60%

Course Outcomes and Assessment:

Course outcome Method of Assessment


1 Outcome 1 W
2 Outcome 2 W
3 Outcome 3 W-AP
4 Outcome 4 W
W : Written PB: Performance Based AP: Assignment Project P: Portfolio

221
Text Book(s):
 Matthews JR, Bowen JM, Matthews RW. Successful Scientific Writing: A Step-by-step
Guide for the Biological & Medical Sciences. 2000. CambridgeUniversity Press. ISBN:
0521789621.
 Bell J. Doing Your Research Project: A Guide for First time Researchers in Education and
Social Science. 1987. Open University Press. ISBN: 0335159877.
 Bell L. Doing Your Research Project: & Good Research Guide. 2003. Open University
Press. ISBN: 0335215335
 Letendre. Fundamentals of Writing for the Biomedical Sciences. 1991.
MichiganStateUniversity Press. ISBN: 0888647697.
Casebooks:
None
Recommended Textbooks and Reference Materials:
 Day RA. How to Write & Publish a Scientific Paper. 1998. Greenwood Press,
ISBN:1573561657.
 BraceI. Questionnaire Design. 2004. Kogan Page, ISBN: 074944181X.
 Zeiger M. Essentials of writing biomedical research papers. 2nd ed. 2000. McGraw-Hill.
 Pechenik JA. A short guide to writing about biology. 3rd ed. 1997. Longman.
 Iverson C, Dan BB, Glitman P et al. American Medical Association manual of style. 8th
ed. 1989. Chicago: American Medical Association;
Electronic Materials
Online resources available at:
 http://www.library.qu.edu.sa/Pages/default.aspx
 http://www.pharmacylibrary.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/public/about
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com/ss/About.aspx
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/ss/About.aspx
 http://search.proquest.com/

222
Drugs of Abuse
Course Name: Drugs of Abuse ‫األدوية المدمنة‬ :‫اسم المقرر‬
Course Code & No.: 424 PHG ‫ دوي‬424 ‫رقم المقرر‬
:‫ورمزه‬
Credits:2(2+0+0) 2(2+0+0) ‫عدد الساعات‬:
Prerequisite:334PHG :‫المعتمدة‬
‫دوي‬334 ‫المتطلب‬ :
Level:10 :‫السابق‬:
10 ‫المستوى‬

Description:
This course is intended to provide the student with knowledge regarding the different cases of
drugs of abuse, whether they are used by legal or illegal methods. The major part of the course
will be directed for discussion of the pharmacological action, mechanisms and adverse reactions
of the drugs of abuse. Furthermore, the discussions will include the various methods available for
treatment of addiction and prevention of precipitation of the withdrawal symptoms.

Objectives:
This course aims to introduce students to:
 General principle of drugs of abuse.
 Pharmacology of drugs of abuse.
 Management of various types of the abused drugs.

Learning outcomes:
1. Knowledge
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. List and define various medical terms in the field of drugs of abuse such as addiction,
tolerance, dependence and abstinence syndrome.
b. Discuss the different types of tolerance and dependence.
c. State the various types of the abused drugs and their alternative names used in different
countries.
d. Summarize the factors that predispose to the abuse of drugs.
e. Explain the different scientific strategies that can be followed for prophylactic youth from
indulging in the habit of drug abuse.
f. Discuss the various pharmacological actions of the abused drugs, their mechanisms of
action and adverse reactions.
2. Cognitive Skills
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Differentiate between different types of tolerance and dependence.

223
b. Compare between pharmacological actions of the various drugs of abuse.
c. Distinguish between withdrawal symptoms of the various drugs of abuse.
d. Choose the available and appropriate therapeutic regimen for treatment of addicts.
3. Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility
a. Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
b. Pay attention to narcotic schedule
c. Recommend the appropriate treatment for drug dependence.
d. Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
e. Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
f. Formulate a plan for prevention of youth from indulging in the habit of drug abuse.

Contents:
 Definition of the terms: abused drugs, habituation1 tolerance, dependence, addiction and
abstinence syndrome.
 Types of tolerance and dependence.
 Factors that predispose for drug abuse.
 Scientific strategies to prevent youth from indulging in the habit of drug abuse.
 The discussion of the pharmacological actions, mechanisms, adverse reactions and types
of tolerances and dependence that accompany the abuse of the following drugs:
Alcohols
Tobacco
Cocaine
Khat
Amphetamines
Opioids e.g. Heroin
Cannabis (hashish - Marijuana)
Benzodiazepines
Barbiturates
The Hallucinogens: LSD, Psilocybin, Psilocin, mescaline, Phencyclidine
Inhalants: Benzene, toluene, gasoline
Treatment of withdrawal symptoms and addiction

Teaching/learning methods and Contact Hours

Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total


Contact 30 - - - - 30 hours
Hours

224
The following teaching strategies are used:
 Lectures
 Scientific discussions
 Case presentations

Assessment and grading plan:

Assessment method Proportion of Total


Assessment
1 Mid-term I exam 20%
2 Mid-term II exam 20%
3 Final exam 60%

Course outcomes and Assessment:

Course outcome Method of Assessment


1 Outcome 1 W
2 Outcome 2 W, PB
3 Outcome 3 W, PB
4 Outcome 4 W
W: Written PB: Performance-Based

Required Textbooks
 American Psychiatric Association. (2013). Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental
disorders: DSM-5. Washington, D.C: American Psychiatric Association.
 Brunton L L, Blumenthal D K, Murri N, Dandan R H, Knollmann B C. Goodman &
Gilman's The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics. 12th ed. New York: McGraw-Hill,
2011
 Tasman A, Kay J, Lieberman JA, First MB, Maj M. Psychiatry, 3rd ed. USA. John Wiley
& Sons, Ltd, 2008.
Case books
Recommended Textbooks and references Materials
 El-Tahir, Kamal E.H. Narcotics and Mind Manifesting Drugs. 2002. Dar AI-Iloom,

225
Riyadh, Saudi Arabia.
 Hogan, J.A., Gabrielsen, K. and Luna, N. Substance Abuse Prevention: The Intersection
of Science and Practice. 2002. Barnes and Noble
 Keltner, N.L. and Folkds, D.G. Psychotropic Drugs. 2001. Barnes and Noble.
 Journal of Addiction
 Journal of psychopharmacology

Electronic Materials
Online resources available at:
http://www.library.qu.edu.sa/Pages/default.aspx
http://www.pharmacylibrary.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/public/about
http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com/ss/About.aspx
http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/ss/About.aspx
http://search.proquest.com/

226
Pharmacotherapy-lV

Course Name: Pharmacotherapy-lV 4-‫العالجيات‬ :‫اسم المقرر‬


Course Code & No.: 420 PHP ‫ مصد‬420 ‫رقم المقرر‬
:‫ورمزه‬
Credits:3(3+0+1) 3(3+0+1) ‫عدد الساعات‬:
Prerequisite:410PHP :‫المعتمدة‬
‫مصد‬410 ‫المتطلب‬ :
Level:10 :‫السابق‬
10 ‫المستوى‬ :

Description:
The purpose of this course is to integrate the pathophysiologic abnormalities of disease states
(Oncology, Hematology, Dermatology, Transplantation, ID,and Pediatrics)with concepts of drug
action and therapy. State-of-the-art pharmacotherapy will be reviewed with pertinent
pathophysiology and pharmacology. Emphasis will be placed on drug selection, dosing regimen
design, and therapeutic drug monitoring to assess the attainment of therapeutic efficacy and
avoidance of adverse reactions.

Objectives
This course aims to introduce students to:
 Necessary therapeutic knowledge to manage patients with selected diseases based on
evidence based medicine.

Llearning outcomes:
1. Knowledge
Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Describe the goals of treatment for diseases included in the course (eg: Anemia,
sepsis, leukemia....etc).
b. Write the given clinical case of diseases included in the course in SOAP (Subjective,
Objective, Assessment and Plan) and FARM (Findings, Assessment,
Recommendations, and Monitoring) Format.
2. Cognitive Skills
a. Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
b. Select and recommend appropriate patient treatment plans for diseases included in the
course based on evidence based medicine.
c. Explain the rationale for the proposed treatment of diseases included in the course
(eg: Anemia, sepsis, leukemia....etc).
d. Evaluate the appropriateness of patient specific drug therapy regimen and treatment
plans.

227
e. Apply critical thinking to identify and solve the Drug Related Problems (DRPs) as
well as prevent the actual DRPs.

3. Interpersonal Skills & Responsibility


Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
a. Demonstrate ability to work and communicate effectively (Verbal and written) with
peers during TBL as well as during presentations.
b. Demonstrate ability to take responsibility towards their learning when they prepare
themselves before TBL.
c. Communication, Information Technology, Numerical
d. Upon successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
e. Demonstrate ability to provide patient education and counseling.
f. Demonstrate ability to work and communicate effectively (Verbal and written) during
the course.
g. Demonstrate ability to present the assigned topic using multimedia in the class room
during the with peers during TBL as well as during presentations

Contents:
 Anemia.
 Sepsis
 Leukemia
 Pediatric Pharmacotherapy.
 Dermatologic Disorders.
 Transplantation pharmacotherapy
 Solid tumors
 OPHThalmology pharmacotherapy
 Pain and it’s Management
 HIV.
 ENT
 Tutorial (small group discussion) Schedule:
 Anemia.
 Sepsis
 Leukemia
 Pediatric Pharmacotherapy.
 Dermatologic Disorders.
 Transplantation pharmacotherapy
 Solid tumors
 OPHThalmology pharmacotherapy

228
 Pain and it’s Management
 HIV.
 ENT

Teaching/learning methods and Contact Hours


Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact 42 14 - - - 56 hours
Hours

The following teaching strategies are used:


 Lectures
 Case presentations
 Team Based Learning (TBL)

Assessment and grading plan:
Assessment method Proportion of Total
Assessment
1 Oral presentation 5%
2 Individual readiness assessment test (IRAT) 10%
3 Group readiness assessment test (GRAT) 10%
4 Mid-term I exam 10%
5 Objective Structured Clinical Pharmacy Exam (OSCPE) 15%
6 Final exam 50%

Course outcomes and Assessment

Course outcome Method of Assessment


1 Outcome 1 W
2 Outcome 2 W, PB
3 Outcome 3 W, PB
4 Outcome 4 W, PB
W: Written PB: Performance-Based AP: Assignment Project P: Portfolio

Learning Resources

Required Textbooks
 Mary Anne Koda-Kimble1 Lloyd Yee Young1 Wayne A. Kradjan1 B. Joseph Guglielmo.
Applied Therapeutics. The Clinical Use of Drugs. 10th edition (2013). Lippincott

229
Williams & Wilkins Publishers.
 Joseph T. Dipiro, Robert L. Talbert, Gary C. Yee, Gary R. Matzke1 Barbara G. Wells, L.
Michael Posey. Pharmacotherapy: A Pathophysiologlc Approach. 5th edition (2002).
McGrawHill/Appleton & Lange
 In Schwinghammer, T. L., In Koehler, J. M., In Borchert, J. S., & In Slain, D.
(2014).Pharmacotherapy casebook: A patient-focused approach.
 Eric T. Q. Herfindal and Dick R. Gourley ~ditors), Greta K. Gourley (Editor), James M.
Holt (Editors).Textbook of Therapeutics: Drug and Disease Management. 7th edition
(2000).
Essential References Materials (Journals, Reports, etc.)
Casebooks:
 Greta K. Gourley, James M. Holt (Editors) Casebook for Textbook of Therapeutics: Drug
and disease management. 7th edition (2000). Lippincott Williams & Wilkins Publishers.
 Terry L. Schwlnghammer1 Joseph Dipiro, Robert Talbert, Gary Yee, Gary Matzke1
Barbara G. Wells, L. Michael Posey (Editors). Pharmacotherapy Casebook. 5th edition
(2002). McGrawHilvAppleton & Lange.
Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material (Journals, Reports, etc)
 Walker, R., & Edwards, C. (2003). Clinical pharmacy and therapeutics. Edinburgh:
Churchill Livingstone.
Electronic Materials (eg. Web Sites, Social Media, Blackboard, etc.)
 http://www.library.qu.edu.sa/Pages/default.aspx
 http://www.pharmacylibrary.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/public/about

230
Graduation Project
Course Name: Graduation Project ‫مشروع تخرج‬ :‫إسم المقرر‬
Course Code & No.: 425 PHP ‫ مصد‬425 ‫رقم المقرر‬
:‫ورمزه‬
Credits:2(1+1+0) 2(1+1+0) ‫عدد الساعات‬:
Prerequisite:343PHP :‫المعتمدة‬
‫مصد‬343 ‫المتطلب‬ :
:‫السابق‬
Description:
Topics will include research design, data collection, analysis, and interpretation and
formulation of research results and describe their process in oral session presentation.

Objectives:
The course aims to:
 Provide an opportunity for students to work on projects of variable scope.
 Introduce students to the method used to conduct research and to provide them
 with the opportunity to give a formal presentation on the final project report.

Learning Outcomes:
Upon successful completion of this course students will be able to:
 Reproduce the knowledge as to how to write Research Proposals and Report.
 Develop scientific knowledge and skills to collect scientific data in their research project
and to analyse and interpret the data
 Develop qualities of team player and learning from others while working in a research
project as a team.
 Demonstrate effective presentation skills by presenting the report of their research
projects in front of fellow students and faculty members.
 Perform effective psychomotor skills in laboratory and technical tasks during the
execution of their research projects.

Contents:
 Meetings with advisor to select projects
 Research planning
 Research conduction
 Project presentation
 Project report

231
Teaching/learning methods and Contact Hours
Lecture Tutorial Laboratory Practical Other: Total
Contact 5 - 30 - 10 45 hours
Hours

The following teaching strategies are used:


 Lectures
 Project & Presentation

Assessment and grading plan:


Assessment method Proportion of Total
Assessment
1 Continuous Evaluation 20%
2 Proposal & Report 20%
3 Presentation & Final Evaluation 60%

Outcomes and Assessment

Course outcome Method of Assessment


1 Outcome 1 PB
2 Outcome 2 AP
3 Outcome 3 AP

W : Written PB: Performance Based AP: Assignment Project P: Portfolio

232
Required Textbooks
NONE
Casebooks:
None
Recommended Textbooks and Reference Material
Pub Med
Electronic Materials
Online resources available at:
 http://www.library.qu.edu.sa/Pages/default.aspx
 http://www.pharmacylibrary.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/public/about
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com/ss/About.aspx
 http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com.ezproxy.qu.edu.sa/ss/About.aspx
 http://search.proquest.com/

233
Distribution of learning outcomes in each course
Pharmacy Practice
Course Name Knowledge Cognitive Interpersonal Communication, Psychomotor Total
and Code Skills skills & Information (in
Responsibility Technology & %)
Numerical
Applied 50 30 10 10 100
Pharmacokinetics
PHP 416

Biostatistics 50 25 25 100
PHP 121

Clinical 60 10 10 20 100
Communication
Skills PHP 342

Clinical Nutrition & 40 30 10 20 100


IV Admix PHP 423

Computer for 20 80 100


Health Sciences
PHP 216

Drug & Poison 50 20 15 15 100


Information
PHP 343

Ethics in Pharmacy 80 20 100


PHP 341

Evidence Based 50 20 15 15 100


Pharmacy PHP 413

Graduation Project 20 20 60 100


PHP 425
Intro. Pharmacy 70 10 10 10 100
Profession PHP 120

Medical 60 40 100
Terminology
PHP 102

234
Patient Assessment 50 30 5 15 100
& First Aid
PHP 346

Pathophysiology-I 70 30 100
PHP 310

Pathophysiology-II 70 30 100
PHP 322

Pharmacoeconomics 50 20 15 15 100
& Epidemiology
PHP 411
Pharmacotherapy-I 50 30 10 10 100
PHP 330

Pharmacotherapy II 50 30 10 10 100
PHP 340
Pharmacotherapy 50 30 10 10 100
III
PHP 410
Pharmacotherapy- 50 30 10 10 100
IV
PHP 420
Pharmacy Law 90 10 100
PHP 426

Pharmacy 55 20 15 10 100
Management
PHP 412
Pharmacy Practice 70 10 10 10 100
PHP 217
Psychology & 40 40 10 10 100
Health
PHP 414
Scientific Writing & 20 20 60 100
Seminar-I
PHP 325
Scientific Writing & 20 20 60 100
Seminar-II
PHP 421

235
Pharmacology and Toxicology
Course Name Knowledge Cognitive Interpersonal Communication, Psychomotor Total
and Code Skills skills & Information (in%)
Responsibility Technology &
Numerical
Biochemistry-I 60 40 100
PHG 210

Biochemistry-II 45 40 15 100
PHG 220

Chemotherapy 60 40 100
PHG 315

Drugs of Abuse 60 20 10 10 100


PHG 424

General 70 30 100
Immunology
PHG 218

Human Anatomy 40 30 10 20 100


111 ANAT

Human Biology 80 5 15 100


106 BIOL

Molecular 70 30 100
Pharmacology
PHG 225

Pharmacogenomics 20 70 10 100
PHG 338

Pharmacology-I 40 40 5 5 10 100
PHG 224

236
Pharmacology-II 40 40 5 5 10 100
PHG 314

Pharmacology-III 30 30 10 10 20 100
PHG 324

Pharmacology-IV 50 50 100
PHG 334

Physiology I 60 20 10 10 100
PHG 211

Physiology II 70 30 100
PHG 222

Toxicology 60 35 5 100
PHG 333

Medicinal Chemistry and Pharmacognosy


Course Name Knowledge Cognitive Interpersonal Communication, Psychomotor Total
and Code Skills skills & Information (in
Responsibility Technology & %)
Numerical
Medicinal 60 20 5 15 100
Chemistry-I
PHC 225

Medicinal 60 20 5 15 100
Chemistry-II
PHC 315

237
Medicinal 60 20 5 15 100
Chemistry-III
PHC 320

Natural Products 60 20 10 5 5 100


Chemistry
PHC 316

Organic 80 20 100
Chemistry
PHC 103

Pharm. Organic 60 20 5 15 100


Chemistry
PHC 122

Pharm. 60 20 5 15 100
Analytical
Chemistry
PHC 124
Phamacognosy 60 20 10 5 5 100
PHC 215

Pharmacopeal 60 20 20 100
Analysis
PHC 327

Radiopharmacy 70 20 10 100
PHC 332

Pharmaceutics
Course Name Knowledge Cognitive Interpersonal Communication, Psychomotor Total
and Code Skills skills & Information (in%)
Responsibility Technology
&Numerical
Pharmaceutical 30 40 15 15 100
Biotechnology
PHT 335

Pharmaceutical 20 40 10 10 20 100
Microbiology
PHT 123

Pharmaceutics-I 40 20 20 20 100
PHT 212

238
Pharmaceutics-II 40 40 20 100
PHT 223

Pharmaceutics-III 40 40 20 100
PHT 323

Basic 30 20 10 20 20
Pharmacokinetics
PHT 336

Dispensing of 60 10 10 10 10 100
Medication
PHT 337

Over the Counter 60 15 15 10 100


Drugs PHT 344

Biopharmaceutics 30 20 10 20 20 100
PHT 345

239
List of courses, course coordinators and teaching faculty
First Year - First Semester
Teaching
Course Code Name of the Course Course Coordinator
Instructors
Dr. Salman Afroze Azmi Dr. Salman Afroze
102 PHP Medical Terminology
Mohammed Azmi Mohammed
Dr. Salman Afroze Azmi Dr. Salman Afroze
106BIOL Human Biology
Mohammed Azmi Mohammed
103PHC Organic Chemistry Dr. Salah Alnaeem Dr. Salah Alnaeem
Human Anatomy and
111ANAT Ahmed alkasaby Ahmed alkasaby
Histology

First Year - Second Semester


Course Code Name of the Course Course Coordinator Teaching Instructors
Introduction to Pharmacy Dr. Ahmer Mirza
120 PHP Dr. Ahmer Mirza
Profession Dr. Nuha Awad
Dr. Ahmad Dr. Ahmad
121PHP Biostatistics
Fathelrahman Fathelrahman
Pharmaceutical Organic
122PHC Dr. Salah Alnaeem Dr. Salah Alnaeem
Chemistry
Pharmaceutical Dr. Salah Abdullah
123PHT Dr. Salah Abdullah
Microbiology Dr. Sarah Ali
Pharmaceutical Analytical
124PHC Dr. Riaz Khan Dr. Riaz Khan
Chemistry

Second Year - First Semester


Course Code Name of the Course Course Coordinator Teaching Instructors
Dr. Tarek Salem
210PHG Biochemistry-I Dr. Tarek Salem
Dr. Amira Sabir
Dr. Mohammed
Dr. Mohammed
211PHG Physiology-I Haggag
Haggag
Dr. Einas El Bebdary
Dr. Mohammad Amin
212PHT Pharmaceutics-I Dr. Mohammad Amin Dr. Omer Khan
Dr. Dalia Ahmed
Dr. Mohsen Al Omar
215PHC Pharmacognosy Dr. Mohsen Al Omar
Dr. Nadia Hashish
216PHP Computer for Health Dr. Mohammed Dr. Mohammed

240
Sciences Saleem Saleem
Dr. Salman Afroze
Azmi Mohammed
Dr. Hamid Mustafa
217PHP Pharmacy Practice Dr. Hamid Mustafa
Dr. Nahid Eisa
Dr. Salah Abdalla Dr. Salah Abdalla
218PHG General Immunology
Dr. Sarah Ali

Second Year - Second Semester


Course
Name of the Course Course Coordinator Teaching Instructors
Code
Dr. Tarek Salem
220PHG Biochemistry-II Dr. Tarek Salem
Dr. Amira Sabir
Dr. Abdul Moneem
Dr. Abdul Moneem
222PHG Physiology-II Hafiz
Hafiz
Dr. Einas Albebdary
225PHC Medicinal Chemistry-I Dr. Khaldoon Al Rahawi Dr. Khaldoon Al Rahawi
Dr. Syed Emam Rabbani
Dr. Salman Afroze Azmi
224PHG Pharmacology-l Dr. Syed Emam Rabbani Mohammed
Dr. Tahani Hasan
Ibrahim
Dr. Shalam Mohammed
Dr. Shalam Mohammed
225PHG Molecular Pharmacology Hussein
Hussein
Dr. Rehab Algharabawy
Dr. Mohammad Amin
223PHT Pharmaceutics-II Dr. Mohammad Amin Dr. Omer Khan
Dr. Siham Abdoun

Third Year - First Semester


Course
Name of the Course Course Coordinator Teaching Instructors
Code
315PHC Medicinal Chemistry-ll Dr. VenkateshaPerumal Dr. VenkateshaPerumal
Dr. Mugahid Mobarak
310PHP Pathophysiology-I Dr. Mugahid Mobarak
Dr. Eman Sayed
Dr. Syed Emam Rabbani
314PHG Pharmacology-ll Dr. Syed Emam Rabbani Dr. Azza El Sherbini
Dr. Sultan Sajid

241
Dr. Syed Emam Rabbani
315PHG Chemotherapy Dr. Syed Emam Rabbani
Dr. Azza El Sherbini
Natural Products Dr. Mohsen Al Omar
316PHC Dr. Mohsen Al Omar
Chemistry Dr. Nadia Hashish

Third Year - Second Semester


Course Code Name of the Course Course Coordinator Teaching Instructors
Dr. Riaz Khan
327PHC Pharmacopeial Analysis Dr. Riaz Khan
Dr. Adel Mohammad
Dr. Khaldoon Al
Dr. Khaldoon Al
320PHC Medicinal Chemistry-III Rahawi
Rahawi
Dr. Adel Mohamed
Dr. Mugahid Mobarak
322PHP Pathophysiology-II Dr. Mugahid Mobarak
Dr. Eman Sayed
Dr. Mohammad Amin
Dr. Omer Khan
323PHT Pharmaceutics-III Dr. Mohammad Amin
Dr. Eman Mustafa
Dr. Siham Abdoun
Dr. Ibrahim Awwad
Dr. Rehab
324PHG Pharmacology-III Dr. Ibrahim Awwad
Algharabawy
Dr. Sultan Sajid
Scientific Writing Dr. Yousif Alosaily
325PHP Dr. Yousif Alosaily
&Seminar-I Dr. Dalia Ahmed

Fourth Year - First Semester


Course Code Name of the Course Course Coordinator Teaching Instructors
Dr. Mohammed
Dr. Mohammed Hassan
330PHP Pharmacotherapy-I
Hassan Dr. Salwa
Abougalambou
Dr. Ibrahim Awwad
334PHG Pharmacology-IV Dr. Ibrahim Awwad Dr. Rehab El
Gharabawy
Dr. Ashraf Emara
333PHG Toxicology Dr. Ashraf Emara
Dr. Samia Soliman
Pharmaceutical
335PHT Dr. Salah Abdalla Dr. Salah Abdalla
Biotechnology

242
336PHT Basic Pharmacokinetics Dr. HamzahMaswadeh Dr. HamzahMaswadeh
Dr. Ahmer Mirza
337PHT Dispensing of Medication Dr. Ahmer Mirza
Dr. Salwa Salim
332PHC Radiopharmacy Dr. Riaz Khan Dr. Riaz Khan
338PHG Pharmacogenomics Dr. Arif Khan Dr. Arif Khan

Fourth Year - Second Semester


Course Code Name of the Course Course Coordinator Teaching Instructors
345PHT Biopharmaceutics Dr. HamzahMaswadeh Dr. HamzahMaswadeh
Dr. Muhammad
Clinical Communication Dr. Muhammad
342PHP Kamran Rasheed
Skills KamranRasheed
Dr. Nahid Eisa
Dr. Yousif Alosaily
341PHP Ethics in Pharmacy Dr. Yousif Alosaily
Dr. Dalia Ahmed
Dr. Rami Faraj
340PHP Pharmacotherapy-ll Dr. Rami Faraj
Dr. Nahid Eisa
Drug and Poison Dr. Mohammad
Dr. Mohammad
343PHP Information Services& Hassan
Hassan
Literature Evaluation Dr. Samia Soliman
Dr. Badr Alsanosi
344PHT Over the Counter Drugs Dr. Badr Alsanosi
Dr. Siham Abdoun
Patient Assessment & First Dr. Ashraf Emara
346PHP Dr. Ashraf Emara
Aid Dr. Sami Soliman

Fifth Year - First Semester


Course Code Name of the Course Course Coordinator Teaching Instructors
Dr. Hamid Mustafa
410PHP Pharmacotherapy-III Dr. Hamid Mustafa Dr. Manal
Abdulhakim
Dr. Ahmed
Pharmacoeconomics Dr. Ahmed Fathelrahman
411PHP
&Epidemiology Fathelrahman Dr. Manal
Abdulhakim
Dr. Ibrahim Alwahaibi
412PHP Pharmacy Management Dr. Ibrahim Alwahaibi Dr. Manal
Abdulhakim
413PHP Evidence Based Pharmacy Dr. Mohammad Dr. Mohammad

243
Hassan Hassan
Dr. Nuha Awwad
Dr. Rami Faraj
414PHP Pharmaceutical care Dr. Rami Faraj
Dr. Nuha Awwad
Dr. Mustafa Saleh
416PHP Applied Pharmacokinetics Dr. Mustafa Saleh Dr. Salwa
Abougalambou

Fifth Year - Second Semester


Course Code Name of the Course Course Coordinator Teaching Instructors
Dr. Muhammad
Clinical Nutrition and Dr. Muhammad Kamran
423PHP Kamran Rasheed
Intravenous Admixture Rasheed
Dr. Areej Aljasir
Dr. Matab Alharbi
426PHP Pharmacy Law Dr. Matab Alharbi
Dr. Fida Alghunaim
Dr. Mohammed
Scientific Writing &
421PHP Dr. Mohammed Saleem Saleem
Seminar-2
Dr. Nadia Hashish
Dr. Hossam Elsisi
424PHG Drug of Abuse Dr. Hossam Elsisi
Dr. Sami Soliman
Dr. Muhammad
Dr. Muhammad Kamran
420PHP Pharmacotherapy-lV Kamran Rasheed
Rasheed
Dr. Nuha Awwad
Dr. Mohammed
425PHP Graduation Project Dr. MohammedSaleem Saleem
Dr. Nadia Hashish

244
Mapping of the courses in the curriculum to the expected competencies for graduates of the
program

Pharmacy Practice
No. CODE COURSE NAME Professional Competencies
Patient System Public
Care Management Health
1 PHP 102 Medical Tterminology √
2 PHP 120 Introduction to Pharmacy Profession √ √
3 PHP 121 Biostatistics √ √ √
4 PHP 216 Computer for Health Sciences √ √ √
5 PHP 217 Pharmacy Practice √ √
6 PHP 310 Pathophysiology-1 √ √
7 PHP 322 Pathophysiology-2 √ √
8 PHP 325 Scientific Writing & Seminar-1 √
9 PHP 330 Pharmacotherapy-1 √ √
10 PHP 342 Clinical Communication Skills √ √ √
11 PHP 341 Ethics in Pharmacy √
12 PHP 340 Pharmacotherapy-2 √ √
13 PHP 343 Drug and Poison information services √ √ √
14 PHP 346 Patient Assessment & First Aid √
15 PHP 410 Pharmacotherapy-3 √ √
16 PHP 411 Pharmacoeconomics & Epidemiology √ √ √
17 PHP 412 Pharmacy Management √
18 PHP 413 Evidence Based Pharmacy √ √
19 PHP 414 Pharmaceutical Care √ √ √
20 PHP 416 Applied Pharmacokinetics √ √
21 PHP 423 Clinical Nutrition & IV. Administration √
22 PHP 426 Pharmacy Law √
23 PHP 421 Scientific Writing & Seminar-2 √
24 PHP 420 Pharmacotherapy-4 √ √
25 PHP 425 Graduation Project √

245
Pharmacology & Toxicology
No. CODE COURSE NAME Professional Competencies
Patient System Public
Care Management Health
1 ANAT Human Anatomy and Histology √
111
2 BIOL 106 Human Biology √
3 PHG 210 Biochemistry-1 √ √
4 PHG 211 Physiology-1 √
5 PHG 218 General Immunology √
6 PHG 220 Biochemistry-2 √
7 PHG 222 Physiology-2 √
8 PHG 224 Pharmacology-1 √ √
9 PHG 225 Molecular Pharmacology √
10 PHG 314 Pharmacology-2 √ √
11 PHG 315 Chemotherapy √ √
12 PHG 324 Pharmacology-3 √ √
13 PHG 333 Toxicology √ √
14 PHG 334 Pharmacology-4 √ √
15 PHG 338 Pharmacogenomics √
16 PHG 424 Drug of Abuse √ √

Medicinal chemistry & Pharmacognosy


No. CODE COURSE NAME Professional Competencies
Patient System Public
Care Management Health
1 PHC 103 Organic Chemistry √
2 PHC 122 Pharmaceutical Organic Chemistry √
3 PHC 124 Pharmaceutical Analytical Chemistry √ √
4 PHC 215 Pharmacognosy √ √ √
5 PHC 225 Medicinal Chemistry-1 √

246
6 PHC 315 Medicinal Chemistry-2 √
7 PHC 316 Natural Products Chemistry √ √ √
8 PHC 327 Pharmacopeial Analysis √
9 PHC 320 Medicinal Chemistry-3 √
10 PHC 332 Radiopharmacy √ √

Pharmaceutics
No. CODE COURSE NAME Professional Competencies
Patient System Public
Care Management Health
1 PHT 123 Pharmaceutical Microbiology √ √
2 PHT 212 Pharmaceuitics-1 √ √
3 PHT 223 Pharmaceuitics-2 √ √
4 PHT 323 Pharmaceuitics-3 √ √
5 PHT 335 Pharmaceutical Biotechnology √ √
6 PHT 336 Basic Pharmacokinetics √ √
7 PHT 337 Dispensing of Medication √ √ √
8 PHT 344 Over the Counter Drugs √ √
9 PHT 345 Biopharmaceutics √

Mapping of Program Learning outcomes against Courses

No. 1. Knowledge 2. Cognitive 3. 4. 5.


Skills Interpersonal Communication Psych
Learning Skills & , Information omoto
Outcomes Responsibilit Technology, r
y Numerical skills

Course a b c d a b c a b a b c a

1 PHP 102 
2 PHP 120  
3 PHP 121     
4 PHP 216  
5 PHP 217  
6 PHP 310    
7 PHP 322    

247
8 PHP 325   
9 PHP 330      
10 PHP 342      
11 PHP 341  
12 PHP 340      
13 PHP 343         
14 PHP 346     
15 PHP 410      
16 PHP 411           
17 PHP 412     
18 PHP 413    
19 PHP 414     
20 PHP 416    
21 PHP 423       
22 PHP 426  
23 PHP 421  
24 PHP 420       
25 PHP 425  
26 PHT 337         
27 PHT 344      
28 ANAT 111   
29 BIOL 106   
30 PHG 210  
31 PHG 211   
32 PHG 218   
33 PHG 220   
34 PHG 222  
35 PHG 224     
36 PHG 225   
37 PHG 314    
38 PHG 315   
39 PHG 324    
40 PHG 333    
41 PHG 334   
42 PHG 338  
43 PHG 424     
44 PHC 103  

248
45 PHC 122   
46 PHC 124     
47 PHC 215    
48 PHC 225      
49 PHC 315      
50 PHC 316    
51 PHC 327   
52 PHC 320      
53 PHC 332    
54 PHT 123       
55 PHT 212      
56 PHT 223      
57 PHT 323     
58 PHT 335     
59 PHT 336      
60 PHT 345     

249
Relationship between program courses, goals, objectives and assessment tools of Pharm D
program

Course Goals and objectives of Pharm D program Assessment


Goal 1 Goal 2 Goal 3 Goal 4 Goal 5 Goal 6 Goal tools
7
1 2 3 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 1
PHP ✓ ✓ 1,2,4,6
102
BIOL ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1, 2, 3, 5, 7
106
PHC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1, 2, 5, 7
103
ANAT ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1, 2, 5, 7
111
PHP ✓ ✓ ✓ 1,2
120
PHP ✓ ✓ 1,2,7
121
PHC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1, 2, 5, 7
122
PHT ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1,2,5,7
123
PHC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1, 2, 5, 7
124
PHG ✓ ✓ 1, 2, 5
210
PHG ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1,2,5,7
211
PHT ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1,2,5,7
212
PHC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1, 2, 5, 7
215
PHP ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1,2,4
216
PHP ✓ ✓ ✓ 1,2
217
PHG ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1,2,5

250
218
PHG ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1, 2, 5, 7
220
PHG ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1,2,5
222
PHC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1, 2, 5, 7
225
PHG ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1,2,5,7
224
PHG ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1,2,5
225
PHT ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1,2,5
223
PHC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1, 2, 5, 7
315
PHP ✓ ✓ ✓ 1,2,5
310
PHG ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1,2,5,7
314
PHG ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1,2,5
315
PHC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1, 2, 5, 7
316
PHC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1, 2, 5, 7
327
PHC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1, 2, 5, 7
320
PHP ✓ ✓ ✓ 1,2,5
322
PHT ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1,2,5
323
PHG ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1,2,5,7
324
PHP ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1,2,4,5
325
PHP ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1,2,6,8,9
330
PHG ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1,2,5

251
334
PHG ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1,2,5
333
PHT ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1,2,5
335
PHT ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1,2,5
336
PHT ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1,2,4,6
337
PHC ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1, 2, 5, 7
332
PHG ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1,2,5
338
PHT ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1,2,5
345
PHP ✓ ✓ 1,2,5
342
PHP ✓ ✓ 1,2,5
341
PHP ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1,2,6,8,9
340
PHP ✓ ✓ ✓ 1,2,7
343
PHT ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1,2,7
344
PHP ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1,2,6,9
346
PHP ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1,2,6,8,9
410
PHP ✓ ✓ 1,2,7
411
PHP ✓ ✓ ✓ 1,2,5
412
PHP ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1,2,5
413
PHP ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1,2,5
414
PHP ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1,2,8

252
416
PHP ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1,2,5
423
PHP ✓ ✓ 1,2
426
PHP ✓ ✓ 1,2,7
421
PHG ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1,2,5
424
PHP ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 1,2,6,8,9
420
PHP ✓ ✓ 5,6
425

253
Program Learning Outcome Mapping Matrix

The table below indicate the courses and levels that are required for each:
I = Introduction P = Proficient A = Advanced
PHARMACY PRACTICE
Courses Names Course Knowledge Cognitive Interpersonal Communication, Psychomotor
Code Skills Skills & Information
Responsibility Technology,
Numerical
Medical terminology 102PHP I I
Introduction to 120PHP I I I I
Pharmacy Profession
Biostatistics 121PHP I I I
Computer for Health 216PHP I I
Sciences
Pharmacy Practice 217PHP P P P P
Pathophysiology-1 310PHP P I
Pathophysiology-2 322PHP P I
Scientific Writing & 325PHP I P P
Seminar-1
Pharmacotherapy-1 330PHP A P P P
Clinical 342PHP P P P P
Communication
Skills
Ethics in Pharmacy 341PHP P P
Pharmacotherapy-2 340PHP A P P P
Drug and Poison 343PHP P P P P
information services
& Literature
Evaluation
Patient Assessment & 346PHP P P P P
First Aid
Pharmacotherapy-3 410PHP A A A A
Pharmacoeconomics 411PHP P P P
& Epidemiology
Pharmacy 412PHP P P A A
Management
Evidence Based 413PHP A P P P
Pharmacy
Psychology and 414PHP A P P P
Health
Applied 416PHP A A A A
Pharmacokinetics
Clinical Nutrition & 423PHP A A A A

254
IV. Adm
Pharmacy Law 426PHP A I
Scientific Writing 421PHP A A
&Seminar-2
Pharmacotherapy-4 420PHP A A A A
Graduation Project 425PHP A A A

PHARMACOLOGY & TOXICOLOGY


Courses Names Course Knowledge Cognitive Interpersonal Communication, Psychomotor
Code Skills Skills & Information
Responsibility Technology,
Numerical
Human Anatomy and 111ANAT I I I I
Histology
Biochemistry-1 210PHG I I
Physiology-1 211PHG I I I I
General Immunology 218PHG I I
Biochemistry-2 220PHG P P
Physiology-2 222PHG P P
Pharmacology-1 224PHG I I I I I
Molecular Pharmacology 225PHG P I
Pharmacology-2 314PHG P P I P P
Chemotherapy 315PHG P P
Pharmacology-3 324PHG P A P P A
Toxicology 333PHG A A I
Pharmacology-4 334PHG A A
Pharmacogenomics 338PHG A P I
Drug of Abuse 424PHG A A P P
Human biology 106BIOL I I I

MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY AND PHYTO CHEMISTRY


Courses Names Course Knowledge Cognitive Interpersonal Communication, Psychomotor
Code Skills Skills & Information
Responsibility Technology,
Numerical
Organic Chemistry 103PHC I I
Pharmaceutical 122PHC I I P I
Organic Chemistry
Pharmaceutical 124PHC I I P P
Analytical Chemistry
Pharmacognosy 215PHC I I I I P
Medicinal Chemistry-1 225PHC I P I P
Medicinal Chemistry-2 315PHC P A P A
Natural Products 316PHC I A I P A

255
Chemistry
Pharmacopeial Analysi 327PHC I A P
s
Medicinal Chemistry-3 320PHC A A P A
Radiopharmacy 332PHC A A P

PHARMACEUTICS
Courses Names Course Code Knowledge Cognitive Interpersonal Communication, Psychomotor
Skills Skills & Information
Responsibility Technology,
Numerical
Pharmaceutical 123PHT I I I I P
Microbiology
Pharmaceuitics-1 212PHT I I I P
Pharmaceuitics-2 223PHT I I P
Pharmaceuitics-3 323PHT I I P
Pharmaceutical 335PHT A P P P
Biotechnology
Basic 336PHT I A A A P
Pharmacokinetics
Dispensing of 337PHT P A P A A
Medication
Over the Counter 344PHT A P A A
Drugs
Biopharmaceutics 345PHT I A A A P

256

You might also like